Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-sh.c revision 1.1.1.10
      1       1.1     skrll /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.1.1.10  christos    Copyright (C) 1996-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3       1.1     skrll    Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
      4       1.1     skrll 
      5       1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6       1.1     skrll 
      7       1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8       1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9       1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10       1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     11       1.1     skrll 
     12       1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13       1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14       1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15       1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16       1.1     skrll 
     17       1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18       1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19       1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20       1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21       1.1     skrll 
     22       1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     23       1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     24       1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     25       1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     26       1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27       1.1     skrll #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     28       1.1     skrll #include "elf/sh.h"
     29   1.1.1.2  christos #include "dwarf2.h"
     30       1.1     skrll #include "libiberty.h"
     31       1.1     skrll #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
     32       1.1     skrll 
     33   1.1.1.8  christos /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */
     34   1.1.1.8  christos #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
     35   1.1.1.8  christos 
     36       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
     37       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     38       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
     39       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     40   1.1.1.9  christos static bool sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
     41       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
     42   1.1.1.9  christos static bool sh_elf_align_loads
     43   1.1.1.9  christos   (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bool *);
     44   1.1.1.9  christos static bool sh_elf_swap_insns
     45       1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
     46       1.1     skrll static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
     47       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
     48       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
     49       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *);
     50       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma tpoff
     51       1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
     52       1.1     skrll 
     53       1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     54       1.1     skrll    section.  */
     55       1.1     skrll 
     56       1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
     57       1.1     skrll 
     58   1.1.1.2  christos /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
     59   1.1.1.2  christos #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
     60   1.1.1.2  christos 
     61       1.1     skrll #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
     62   1.1.1.2  christos 
     63   1.1.1.2  christos /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
     64   1.1.1.2  christos    not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
     65   1.1.1.2  christos    its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
     66   1.1.1.2  christos #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
     67   1.1.1.2  christos   (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
     68   1.1.1.2  christos    || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
     69       1.1     skrll 
     70   1.1.1.9  christos #define SH_PARTIAL32 true
     72       1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
     73       1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
     74       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
     75       1.1     skrll {
     76       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     77       1.1     skrll };
     78   1.1.1.9  christos 
     79       1.1     skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 false
     80       1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
     81       1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
     82       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
     83       1.1     skrll {
     84       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     85       1.1     skrll };
     86       1.1     skrll 
     87       1.1     skrll /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
     89       1.1     skrll 
     90       1.1     skrll static bool
     91   1.1.1.7  christos vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
     92   1.1.1.4  christos {
     93   1.1.1.4  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
     94       1.1     skrll   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
     95   1.1.1.4  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
     96   1.1.1.4  christos 
     97       1.1     skrll   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
     98   1.1.1.9  christos 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
     99       1.1     skrll #else
    100       1.1     skrll   return false;
    101       1.1     skrll #endif
    102   1.1.1.2  christos }
    103   1.1.1.2  christos 
    104   1.1.1.9  christos /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
    105   1.1.1.2  christos 
    106   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
    107   1.1.1.7  christos fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    108   1.1.1.4  christos {
    109   1.1.1.4  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
    110   1.1.1.2  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
    111   1.1.1.4  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
    112   1.1.1.4  christos 
    113   1.1.1.2  christos   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
    114   1.1.1.9  christos 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
    115   1.1.1.2  christos #else
    116   1.1.1.2  christos   return false;
    117   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
    118       1.1     skrll }
    119       1.1     skrll 
    120       1.1     skrll /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
    121       1.1     skrll 
    122       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    123       1.1     skrll get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
    124       1.1     skrll {
    125       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    126       1.1     skrll     return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
    127       1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_howto_table;
    128       1.1     skrll }
    129       1.1     skrll 
    130       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    131       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
    132       1.1     skrll 		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
    133       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
    134       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
    135       1.1     skrll {
    136       1.1     skrll   static bfd_vma last_addr;
    137       1.1     skrll   static asection *last_symbol_section;
    138       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
    139       1.1     skrll   int diff, cum_diff;
    140       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma x;
    141       1.1     skrll   int insn;
    142       1.1     skrll 
    143       1.1     skrll   /* Sanity check the address.  */
    144       1.1     skrll   if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
    145       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    146       1.1     skrll 
    147       1.1     skrll   /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
    148       1.1     skrll      although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
    149       1.1     skrll   if (! last_addr)
    150       1.1     skrll     {
    151       1.1     skrll       last_addr = addr;
    152       1.1     skrll       last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
    153       1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    154       1.1     skrll     }
    155       1.1     skrll   if (last_addr != addr)
    156       1.1     skrll     abort ();
    157       1.1     skrll   last_addr = 0;
    158       1.1     skrll 
    159       1.1     skrll   if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
    160       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    161       1.1     skrll 
    162       1.1     skrll   /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
    163       1.1     skrll   if (symbol_section != input_section)
    164       1.1     skrll     {
    165       1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    166       1.1     skrll 	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
    167       1.1     skrll       else
    168       1.1     skrll 	{
    169       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
    170   1.1.1.9  christos 					   &contents))
    171       1.1     skrll 	    {
    172       1.1     skrll 	      free (contents);
    173       1.1     skrll 	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    174       1.1     skrll 	    }
    175       1.1     skrll 	}
    176       1.1     skrll     }
    177       1.1     skrll #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
    178       1.1     skrll   start_ptr = contents + start;
    179       1.1     skrll   for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
    180       1.1     skrll     {
    181       1.1     skrll       for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
    182       1.1     skrll 	ptr -= 2;
    183       1.1     skrll       ptr += 2;
    184       1.1     skrll       diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
    185       1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff & 1;
    186       1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff;
    187       1.1     skrll     }
    188       1.1     skrll   /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
    189       1.1     skrll      so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
    190       1.1     skrll      addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
    191       1.1     skrll   if (cum_diff >= 0)
    192       1.1     skrll     {
    193       1.1     skrll       start -= 4;
    194       1.1     skrll       end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
    195       1.1     skrll     }
    196       1.1     skrll   else
    197       1.1     skrll     {
    198       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
    199       1.1     skrll 
    200       1.1     skrll       while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
    201       1.1     skrll 	start0 -= 2;
    202       1.1     skrll       start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
    203       1.1     skrll       start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
    204       1.1     skrll       end = start0;
    205   1.1.1.9  christos     }
    206       1.1     skrll 
    207       1.1     skrll   if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    208       1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    209       1.1     skrll 
    210       1.1     skrll   insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
    211       1.1     skrll 
    212       1.1     skrll   x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
    213       1.1     skrll   if (input_section != symbol_section)
    214       1.1     skrll     x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
    215       1.1     skrll 	  - (input_section->output_section->vma
    216       1.1     skrll 	     + input_section->output_offset));
    217       1.1     skrll   x >>= 1;
    218       1.1     skrll   if (x < -128 || x > 127)
    219       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    220       1.1     skrll 
    221       1.1     skrll   x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
    222       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
    223       1.1     skrll 
    224       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    225       1.1     skrll }
    226       1.1     skrll 
    227       1.1     skrll /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
    228       1.1     skrll    function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
    229       1.1     skrll 
    230       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    231       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
    232       1.1     skrll 	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    233   1.1.1.8  christos 	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    234       1.1     skrll {
    235       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma insn;
    236       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma sym_value;
    237   1.1.1.8  christos   enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
    238   1.1.1.8  christos   bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
    239       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
    240       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
    241       1.1     skrll 
    242       1.1     skrll   r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
    243       1.1     skrll 
    244       1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    245       1.1     skrll     {
    246       1.1     skrll       /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
    247       1.1     skrll       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    248       1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    249       1.1     skrll     }
    250       1.1     skrll 
    251       1.1     skrll   /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
    252       1.1     skrll      done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
    253       1.1     skrll   if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
    254       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    255       1.1     skrll 
    256       1.1     skrll   if (symbol_in != NULL
    257       1.1     skrll       && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
    258   1.1.1.4  christos     return bfd_reloc_undefined;
    259   1.1.1.8  christos 
    260   1.1.1.4  christos   /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
    261   1.1.1.4  christos   if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
    262   1.1.1.4  christos       > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
    263       1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    264       1.1     skrll 
    265       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
    266       1.1     skrll     sym_value = 0;
    267       1.1     skrll   else
    268       1.1     skrll     sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
    269       1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
    270       1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
    271       1.1     skrll 
    272       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    273       1.1     skrll     {
    274       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_DIR32:
    275   1.1.1.8  christos       insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
    276       1.1     skrll       insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
    277       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    278       1.1     skrll       break;
    279       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_IND12W:
    280       1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
    281       1.1     skrll       sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
    282       1.1     skrll       sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
    283       1.1     skrll 		    + input_section->output_offset
    284   1.1.1.8  christos 		    + addr
    285   1.1.1.8  christos 		    + 4);
    286   1.1.1.8  christos       sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
    287   1.1.1.8  christos       insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
    288       1.1     skrll       bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    289       1.1     skrll       if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
    290       1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    291       1.1     skrll       break;
    292       1.1     skrll     default:
    293       1.1     skrll       abort ();
    294       1.1     skrll       break;
    295       1.1     skrll     }
    296       1.1     skrll 
    297       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    298       1.1     skrll }
    299       1.1     skrll 
    300       1.1     skrll /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
    301       1.1     skrll    which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
    302       1.1     skrll 
    303       1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    304       1.1     skrll sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
    305       1.1     skrll 		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    306       1.1     skrll 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
    307       1.1     skrll 		     bfd *output_bfd,
    308       1.1     skrll 		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    309       1.1     skrll {
    310       1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    311       1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    312       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    313       1.1     skrll }
    314       1.1     skrll 
    315       1.1     skrll /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    316       1.1     skrll 
    317       1.1     skrll struct elf_reloc_map
    318       1.1     skrll {
    319       1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    320       1.1     skrll   unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
    321       1.1     skrll };
    322       1.1     skrll 
    323       1.1     skrll /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    324       1.1     skrll 
    325       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
    326       1.1     skrll {
    327       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
    328       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
    329       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
    330       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
    331       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
    332       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
    333       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
    334       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
    335       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
    336       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
    337       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
    338       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
    339       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
    340       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
    341       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
    342       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
    343       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
    344       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
    345       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
    346       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    347       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
    348       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
    349       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
    350       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
    351       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
    352       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
    353       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
    354       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
    355       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
    356       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
    357       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
    358       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
    359       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
    360       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
    361       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
    362       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
    363       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
    364       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
    365   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
    366   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
    367   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
    368   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
    369   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
    370   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
    371   1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
    372       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
    373       1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
    374       1.1     skrll };
    375       1.1     skrll 
    376       1.1     skrll /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
    377       1.1     skrll    corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
    378       1.1     skrll 
    379       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    380       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    381       1.1     skrll {
    382       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    383       1.1     skrll 
    384       1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
    385       1.1     skrll     {
    386       1.1     skrll       if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    387       1.1     skrll 	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
    388       1.1     skrll     }
    389       1.1     skrll 
    390       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    391       1.1     skrll }
    392       1.1     skrll 
    393       1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    394       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
    395       1.1     skrll {
    396       1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    397       1.1     skrll 
    398       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    399       1.1     skrll     {
    400       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    401       1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
    402       1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
    403       1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    404       1.1     skrll 	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    405       1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    406       1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
    407       1.1     skrll     }
    408       1.1     skrll   else
    409       1.1     skrll     {
    410       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    411       1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
    412       1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
    413       1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    414       1.1     skrll 	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    415       1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    416       1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
    417       1.1     skrll     }
    418       1.1     skrll 
    419       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    420       1.1     skrll }
    421       1.1     skrll 
    422   1.1.1.9  christos /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
    423       1.1     skrll 
    424       1.1     skrll static bool
    425       1.1     skrll sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    426       1.1     skrll {
    427       1.1     skrll   unsigned int r;
    428       1.1     skrll 
    429   1.1.1.9  christos   r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    430   1.1.1.4  christos 
    431   1.1.1.4  christos   if (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
    432   1.1.1.4  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
    433   1.1.1.4  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
    434   1.1.1.9  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
    435   1.1.1.4  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
    436   1.1.1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5))
    437   1.1.1.7  christos     {
    438   1.1.1.6  christos       /* xgettext:c-format */
    439   1.1.1.4  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
    440   1.1.1.9  christos 			  abfd, r);
    441   1.1.1.4  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    442       1.1     skrll       return false;
    443       1.1     skrll     }
    444   1.1.1.9  christos 
    445       1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
    446       1.1     skrll   return true;
    447       1.1     skrll }
    448       1.1     skrll 
    449       1.1     skrll /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
    451       1.1     skrll    function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
    452       1.1     skrll    There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
    453       1.1     skrll    specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
    454       1.1     skrll    into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
    455       1.1     skrll    could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
    456       1.1     skrll    functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
    457   1.1.1.9  christos    values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
    458       1.1     skrll    they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
    459   1.1.1.9  christos 
    460       1.1     skrll static bool
    461       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
    462       1.1     skrll 		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bool *again)
    463   1.1.1.9  christos {
    464       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    465       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
    466       1.1     skrll   bool have_code;
    467       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    468   1.1.1.9  christos   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
    469       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
    470   1.1.1.4  christos 
    471  1.1.1.10  christos   *again = false;
    472       1.1     skrll 
    473       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
    474   1.1.1.9  christos       || (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
    475       1.1     skrll       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
    476       1.1     skrll       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
    477       1.1     skrll     return true;
    478       1.1     skrll 
    479       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    480       1.1     skrll 
    481       1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
    482       1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
    483       1.1     skrll 		      link_info->keep_memory));
    484   1.1.1.9  christos   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
    485       1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
    486       1.1     skrll 
    487       1.1     skrll   have_code = false;
    488       1.1     skrll 
    489       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
    490       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    491       1.1     skrll     {
    492       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
    493       1.1     skrll       unsigned short insn;
    494       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
    495   1.1.1.9  christos       bfd_signed_vma foff;
    496       1.1     skrll 
    497       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
    498       1.1     skrll 	have_code = true;
    499       1.1     skrll 
    500       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
    501       1.1     skrll 	continue;
    502       1.1     skrll 
    503       1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    504       1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    505       1.1     skrll 	{
    506       1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    507       1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    508       1.1     skrll 	  else
    509       1.1     skrll 	    {
    510       1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    511       1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    512       1.1     skrll 	    }
    513       1.1     skrll 	}
    514       1.1     skrll 
    515       1.1     skrll       /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
    516       1.1     skrll 	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
    517       1.1     skrll 	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
    518       1.1     skrll 	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
    519   1.1.1.6  christos       laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
    520   1.1.1.7  christos       if (laddr >= sec->size)
    521   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    522   1.1.1.7  christos 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    523       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler
    524       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
    525       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    526       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    527       1.1     skrll 	}
    528       1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
    529       1.1     skrll 
    530       1.1     skrll       /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
    531   1.1.1.6  christos 	 do.  */
    532   1.1.1.6  christos       if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
    533   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    534   1.1.1.7  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    535   1.1.1.7  christos 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    536       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    537       1.1     skrll 	       "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
    538       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
    539       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    540       1.1     skrll 	}
    541       1.1     skrll 
    542       1.1     skrll       /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
    543       1.1     skrll 	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
    544       1.1     skrll 	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
    545       1.1     skrll 	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
    546       1.1     skrll 	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
    547       1.1     skrll 	 on a four byte boundary.  */
    548       1.1     skrll       paddr = insn & 0xff;
    549       1.1     skrll       paddr *= 4;
    550   1.1.1.6  christos       paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
    551   1.1.1.6  christos       if (paddr >= sec->size)
    552   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    553   1.1.1.7  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    554       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    555       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
    556       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    557       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    558       1.1     skrll 	}
    559       1.1     skrll 
    560       1.1     skrll       /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
    561       1.1     skrll 	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
    562       1.1     skrll 	 actually being called.  */
    563       1.1     skrll       for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
    564       1.1     skrll 	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
    565       1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
    566   1.1.1.6  christos 	  break;
    567   1.1.1.6  christos       if (irelfn >= irelend)
    568   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    569   1.1.1.7  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    570       1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    571       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
    572       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    573       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    574       1.1     skrll 	}
    575       1.1     skrll 
    576       1.1     skrll       /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
    577       1.1     skrll       if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
    578       1.1     skrll 	{
    579       1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    580       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    581       1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
    582       1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
    583       1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
    584       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    585       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    586       1.1     skrll 	}
    587       1.1     skrll 
    588       1.1     skrll       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
    589       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    590       1.1     skrll 	{
    591       1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    592       1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
    593       1.1     skrll 
    594       1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
    595   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (isym->st_shndx
    596   1.1.1.6  christos 	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
    597   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
    598   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
    599       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
    600       1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
    601       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    602       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    603       1.1     skrll 	    }
    604       1.1     skrll 
    605       1.1     skrll 	  symval = (isym->st_value
    606       1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_section->vma
    607       1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_offset);
    608       1.1     skrll 	}
    609       1.1     skrll       else
    610       1.1     skrll 	{
    611       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
    612       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    613       1.1     skrll 
    614       1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
    615       1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
    616       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
    617       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
    618       1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
    619       1.1     skrll 	    {
    620       1.1     skrll 	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
    621       1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
    622       1.1     skrll 		 regular reloc processing.  */
    623       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    624       1.1     skrll 	    }
    625       1.1     skrll 
    626       1.1     skrll 	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
    627       1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
    628       1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
    629       1.1     skrll 	}
    630       1.1     skrll 
    631       1.1     skrll       if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    632       1.1     skrll 	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    633       1.1     skrll       else
    634       1.1     skrll 	symval += irelfn->r_addend;
    635       1.1     skrll 
    636       1.1     skrll       /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
    637       1.1     skrll       foff = (symval
    638       1.1     skrll 	      - (irel->r_offset
    639       1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_section->vma
    640       1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_offset
    641       1.1     skrll 		 + 4));
    642       1.1     skrll       /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
    643       1.1     skrll 	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
    644       1.1     skrll 	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
    645       1.1     skrll 	 that.  */
    646       1.1     skrll       if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
    647       1.1     skrll 	{
    648       1.1     skrll 	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
    649       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    650       1.1     skrll 	}
    651       1.1     skrll 
    652       1.1     skrll       /* Shorten the function call.  */
    653       1.1     skrll 
    654       1.1     skrll       /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
    655       1.1     skrll 	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
    656       1.1     skrll 	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
    657       1.1     skrll 	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
    658       1.1     skrll 	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
    659       1.1     skrll 	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
    660       1.1     skrll 	 the linker is run.  */
    661       1.1     skrll 
    662       1.1     skrll       elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    663   1.1.1.4  christos       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    664       1.1     skrll       symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    665       1.1     skrll 
    666   1.1.1.4  christos       /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    667       1.1     skrll 
    668       1.1     skrll       /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
    669       1.1     skrll 	 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    670       1.1     skrll       irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
    671       1.1     skrll       /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    672       1.1     skrll 	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
    673       1.1     skrll 	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
    674       1.1     skrll 	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
    675       1.1     skrll 	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */
    676       1.1     skrll 
    677   1.1.1.4  christos       /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
    678   1.1.1.4  christos 	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
    679   1.1.1.4  christos 	 the final link phase handle it.  */
    680   1.1.1.4  christos       if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
    681       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    682       1.1     skrll       else
    683       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    684       1.1     skrll 
    685       1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend = -4;
    686       1.1     skrll 
    687       1.1     skrll       /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
    688       1.1     skrll 	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
    689       1.1     skrll 	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
    690       1.1     skrll 	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
    691       1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    692       1.1     skrll 
    693       1.1     skrll       /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
    694       1.1     skrll 	 register load.  */
    695       1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
    696       1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
    697       1.1     skrll 	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
    698       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    699       1.1     skrll       if (irelscan < irelend)
    700       1.1     skrll 	{
    701       1.1     skrll 	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
    702       1.1     skrll 	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
    703       1.1     skrll 	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
    704       1.1     skrll 	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
    705       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    706       1.1     skrll 	}
    707       1.1     skrll 
    708       1.1     skrll       /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
    709       1.1     skrll 	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
    710       1.1     skrll 	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
    711       1.1     skrll       for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
    712       1.1     skrll 	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
    713       1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
    714       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    715       1.1     skrll 
    716       1.1     skrll       /* Delete the register load.  */
    717       1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
    718       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    719       1.1     skrll 
    720   1.1.1.9  christos       /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
    721       1.1     skrll 	 other function call to come within range, we should relax
    722       1.1     skrll 	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
    723       1.1     skrll       *again = true;
    724       1.1     skrll 
    725   1.1.1.6  christos       /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
    726   1.1.1.6  christos       if (irelcount >= irelend)
    727   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    728   1.1.1.7  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    729   1.1.1.7  christos 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    730       1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    731       1.1     skrll 	       "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
    732       1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    733       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    734       1.1     skrll 	}
    735       1.1     skrll 
    736       1.1     skrll       /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
    737   1.1.1.6  christos 	 just deleted one.  */
    738   1.1.1.7  christos       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    739   1.1.1.7  christos 	{
    740       1.1     skrll 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    741       1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
    742       1.1     skrll 			      abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    743       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    744       1.1     skrll 	}
    745       1.1     skrll 
    746       1.1     skrll       --irelcount->r_addend;
    747       1.1     skrll 
    748       1.1     skrll       /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
    749       1.1     skrll 	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
    750       1.1     skrll 	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
    751       1.1     skrll       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    752       1.1     skrll 	{
    753       1.1     skrll 	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
    754       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    755       1.1     skrll 	}
    756       1.1     skrll 
    757       1.1     skrll       /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
    758       1.1     skrll     }
    759       1.1     skrll 
    760       1.1     skrll   /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
    761       1.1     skrll      byte boundaries.  */
    762   1.1.1.9  christos   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
    763       1.1     skrll       && have_code)
    764       1.1     skrll     {
    765       1.1     skrll       bool swapped;
    766       1.1     skrll 
    767       1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    768       1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    769       1.1     skrll 	{
    770       1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    771       1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    772       1.1     skrll 	  else
    773       1.1     skrll 	    {
    774       1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    775       1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    776       1.1     skrll 	    }
    777       1.1     skrll 	}
    778       1.1     skrll 
    779       1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
    780       1.1     skrll 				&swapped))
    781       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    782       1.1     skrll 
    783       1.1     skrll       if (swapped)
    784       1.1     skrll 	{
    785       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    786       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    787       1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    788       1.1     skrll 	}
    789       1.1     skrll     }
    790       1.1     skrll 
    791       1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
    792       1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    793       1.1     skrll     {
    794       1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    795       1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
    796       1.1     skrll       else
    797       1.1     skrll 	{
    798       1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    799       1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    800       1.1     skrll 	}
    801       1.1     skrll     }
    802       1.1     skrll 
    803       1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    804       1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    805       1.1     skrll     {
    806       1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    807       1.1     skrll 	free (contents);
    808       1.1     skrll       else
    809       1.1     skrll 	{
    810       1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    811       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    812   1.1.1.9  christos 	}
    813       1.1     skrll     }
    814       1.1     skrll 
    815   1.1.1.9  christos   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    816       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    817       1.1     skrll 
    818   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
    819       1.1     skrll 
    820   1.1.1.9  christos  error_return:
    821       1.1     skrll   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    822   1.1.1.9  christos     free (isymbuf);
    823       1.1     skrll   if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    824       1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    825   1.1.1.9  christos   if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    826       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    827       1.1     skrll 
    828       1.1     skrll   return false;
    829       1.1     skrll }
    830       1.1     skrll 
    831       1.1     skrll /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
    832   1.1.1.9  christos    lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
    833       1.1     skrll    in coff-sh.c.  */
    834       1.1     skrll 
    835       1.1     skrll static bool
    836       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
    837       1.1     skrll 			   int count)
    838       1.1     skrll {
    839       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    840       1.1     skrll   unsigned int sec_shndx;
    841       1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *contents;
    842       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    843       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
    844       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma toaddr;
    845       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
    846       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    847       1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
    848       1.1     skrll   unsigned int symcount;
    849       1.1     skrll   asection *o;
    850       1.1     skrll 
    851       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    852       1.1     skrll   isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    853       1.1     skrll 
    854       1.1     skrll   sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
    855   1.1.1.6  christos 
    856       1.1     skrll   contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    857       1.1     skrll 
    858       1.1     skrll   /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
    859       1.1     skrll      power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
    860       1.1     skrll 
    861       1.1     skrll   irelalign = NULL;
    862       1.1     skrll   toaddr = sec->size;
    863       1.1     skrll 
    864       1.1     skrll   irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
    865       1.1     skrll   irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
    866       1.1     skrll   for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
    867       1.1     skrll     {
    868       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    869       1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset > addr
    870       1.1     skrll 	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
    871       1.1     skrll 	{
    872       1.1     skrll 	  irelalign = irel;
    873       1.1     skrll 	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
    874       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    875       1.1     skrll 	}
    876       1.1     skrll     }
    877       1.1     skrll 
    878       1.1     skrll   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
    879       1.1     skrll   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
    880       1.1     skrll 	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
    881       1.1     skrll   if (irelalign == NULL)
    882       1.1     skrll     sec->size -= count;
    883       1.1     skrll   else
    884       1.1     skrll     {
    885       1.1     skrll       int i;
    886       1.1     skrll 
    887       1.1     skrll #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
    888       1.1     skrll 
    889       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
    890       1.1     skrll       for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
    891       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
    892       1.1     skrll     }
    893       1.1     skrll 
    894       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
    895       1.1     skrll   for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    896       1.1     skrll     {
    897       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
    898       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start = 0;
    899   1.1.1.9  christos       int insn = 0;
    900       1.1     skrll       int off, adjust, oinsn;
    901       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
    902       1.1     skrll       bool overflow;
    903       1.1     skrll 
    904       1.1     skrll       /* Get the new reloc address.  */
    905       1.1     skrll       nraddr = irel->r_offset;
    906       1.1     skrll       if ((irel->r_offset > addr
    907       1.1     skrll 	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
    908       1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    909       1.1     skrll 	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
    910       1.1     skrll 	nraddr -= count;
    911       1.1     skrll 
    912       1.1     skrll       /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
    913       1.1     skrll 	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
    914       1.1     skrll 	 represent addresses, though.  */
    915       1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset >= addr
    916       1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
    917       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    918       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
    919       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
    920       1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
    921       1.1     skrll 	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
    922       1.1     skrll 				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
    923       1.1     skrll 
    924       1.1     skrll       /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
    925       1.1     skrll 	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
    926       1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    927       1.1     skrll 	{
    928       1.1     skrll 	default:
    929       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    930       1.1     skrll 
    931       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    932       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    933       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
    934       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
    935       1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
    936       1.1     skrll 	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    937       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    938       1.1     skrll 	}
    939       1.1     skrll 
    940       1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    941       1.1     skrll 	{
    942       1.1     skrll 	default:
    943       1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
    944       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    945       1.1     skrll 
    946       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
    947       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
    948       1.1     skrll 	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
    949       1.1     skrll 	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in
    950       1.1     skrll 	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
    951       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    952       1.1     skrll 	    {
    953       1.1     skrll 	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
    954       1.1     skrll 	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
    955       1.1     skrll 		  && (isym->st_value <= addr
    956       1.1     skrll 		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
    957       1.1     skrll 		{
    958       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma val;
    959       1.1     skrll 
    960       1.1     skrll 		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    961       1.1     skrll 		    {
    962       1.1     skrll 		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    963       1.1     skrll 		      val += isym->st_value;
    964       1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    965       1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
    966       1.1     skrll 		    }
    967       1.1     skrll 		  else
    968       1.1     skrll 		    {
    969       1.1     skrll 		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
    970       1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    971       1.1     skrll 			irel->r_addend -= count;
    972       1.1     skrll 		    }
    973       1.1     skrll 		}
    974       1.1     skrll 	    }
    975       1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
    976       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    977       1.1     skrll 
    978       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    979       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
    980       1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 0x80)
    981       1.1     skrll 	    off -= 0x100;
    982       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
    983       1.1     skrll 	  break;
    984       1.1     skrll 
    985       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    986       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xfff;
    987       1.1     skrll 	  if (! off)
    988       1.1     skrll 	    {
    989       1.1     skrll 	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
    990       1.1     skrll 		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
    991       1.1     skrll 		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
    992       1.1     skrll 	      start = stop = addr;
    993       1.1     skrll 	    }
    994       1.1     skrll 	  else
    995       1.1     skrll 	    {
    996       1.1     skrll 	      if (off & 0x800)
    997       1.1     skrll 		off -= 0x1000;
    998       1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
    999       1.1     skrll 
   1000       1.1     skrll 	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
   1001       1.1     skrll 		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
   1002       1.1     skrll 		 start of the section.
   1003       1.1     skrll 		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
   1004       1.1     skrll 		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
   1005       1.1     skrll 		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
   1006       1.1     skrll 	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
   1007       1.1     skrll 		irel->r_addend -= count;
   1008       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1009       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1010       1.1     skrll 
   1011       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1012       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1013       1.1     skrll 	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
   1014       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1015       1.1     skrll 
   1016       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1017       1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1018       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
   1019       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1020       1.1     skrll 
   1021       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1022       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1023       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1024       1.1     skrll 	  /* These relocs types represent
   1025       1.1     skrll 	       .word L2-L1
   1026       1.1     skrll 	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
   1027       1.1     skrll 	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
   1028       1.1     skrll 	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
   1029       1.1     skrll 	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.
   1030       1.1     skrll 	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
   1031       1.1     skrll 	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
   1032       1.1     skrll 
   1033       1.1     skrll 	  stop = irel->r_offset;
   1034       1.1     skrll 	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
   1035       1.1     skrll 
   1036       1.1     skrll 	  if (start > addr
   1037       1.1     skrll 	      && start < toaddr
   1038       1.1     skrll 	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1039       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend += count;
   1040       1.1     skrll 	  else if (stop > addr
   1041       1.1     skrll 		   && stop < toaddr
   1042       1.1     skrll 		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1043       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend -= count;
   1044       1.1     skrll 
   1045       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
   1046       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1047       1.1     skrll 	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
   1048       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1049       1.1     skrll 	  else
   1050       1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1051       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1052       1.1     skrll 
   1053       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1054       1.1     skrll 
   1055       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_USES:
   1056       1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
   1057       1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
   1058       1.1     skrll 			    + (long) irel->r_addend
   1059       1.1     skrll 			    + 4);
   1060       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1061       1.1     skrll 	}
   1062       1.1     skrll 
   1063       1.1     skrll       if (start > addr
   1064       1.1     skrll 	  && start < toaddr
   1065       1.1     skrll 	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1066       1.1     skrll 	adjust = count;
   1067       1.1     skrll       else if (stop > addr
   1068       1.1     skrll 	       && stop < toaddr
   1069       1.1     skrll 	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1070       1.1     skrll 	adjust = - count;
   1071       1.1     skrll       else
   1072       1.1     skrll 	adjust = 0;
   1073       1.1     skrll 
   1074   1.1.1.9  christos       if (adjust != 0)
   1075       1.1     skrll 	{
   1076       1.1     skrll 	  oinsn = insn;
   1077       1.1     skrll 	  overflow = false;
   1078       1.1     skrll 	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
   1079       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1080       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1081       1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1082       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1083       1.1     skrll 
   1084       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1085   1.1.1.9  christos 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1086       1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1087       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1088       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1089       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1090       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1091       1.1     skrll 
   1092   1.1.1.9  christos 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1093       1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1094       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1095       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1096       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1097       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1098       1.1     skrll 
   1099       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1100       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
   1101       1.1     skrll 	      if (count >= 4)
   1102       1.1     skrll 		insn += adjust / 4;
   1103       1.1     skrll 	      else
   1104       1.1     skrll 		{
   1105       1.1     skrll 		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
   1106   1.1.1.9  christos 		    ++insn;
   1107       1.1     skrll 		}
   1108       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1109       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1110       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1111       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1112       1.1     skrll 
   1113   1.1.1.9  christos 	    case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1114       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1115       1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
   1116       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1117       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
   1118       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1119       1.1     skrll 
   1120   1.1.1.9  christos 	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1121       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1122       1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
   1123       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1124       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1125       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1126       1.1     skrll 
   1127       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1128       1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1129       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1130       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1131       1.1     skrll 
   1132       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_USES:
   1133       1.1     skrll 	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
   1134       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1135       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1136   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1137   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (overflow)
   1138   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   1139   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1140       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1141   1.1.1.9  christos 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1142       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1143       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1144       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   1145       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1146       1.1     skrll 	}
   1147       1.1     skrll 
   1148       1.1     skrll       irel->r_offset = nraddr;
   1149       1.1     skrll     }
   1150       1.1     skrll 
   1151       1.1     skrll   /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
   1152       1.1     skrll      relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
   1153       1.1     skrll      below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
   1154       1.1     skrll   for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   1155       1.1     skrll     {
   1156       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
   1157       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
   1158  1.1.1.10  christos       bfd_byte *ocontents;
   1159       1.1     skrll 
   1160       1.1     skrll       if (o == sec
   1161       1.1     skrll 	  || (o->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
   1162       1.1     skrll 	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   1163       1.1     skrll 	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
   1164       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1165       1.1     skrll 
   1166       1.1     skrll       /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
   1167   1.1.1.9  christos 	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
   1168       1.1     skrll 	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1169   1.1.1.9  christos       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   1170       1.1     skrll 			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, true));
   1171       1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   1172       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   1173       1.1     skrll 
   1174       1.1     skrll       ocontents = NULL;
   1175       1.1     skrll       irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
   1176       1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
   1177       1.1     skrll 	{
   1178       1.1     skrll 	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
   1179       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
   1180       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1181       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma start, stop;
   1182       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma voff;
   1183       1.1     skrll 
   1184       1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1185       1.1     skrll 		{
   1186       1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1187       1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1188       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1189       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1190       1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1191       1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1192       1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1193   1.1.1.9  christos 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1194   1.1.1.9  christos 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1195       1.1     skrll 			{
   1196       1.1     skrll 			  free (ocontents);
   1197       1.1     skrll 			  return false;
   1198       1.1     skrll 			}
   1199       1.1     skrll 
   1200       1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1201       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1202       1.1     skrll 		}
   1203       1.1     skrll 
   1204       1.1     skrll 	      stop = irelscan->r_offset;
   1205       1.1     skrll 	      start
   1206       1.1     skrll 		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
   1207       1.1     skrll 
   1208       1.1     skrll 	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
   1209       1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
   1210       1.1     skrll 		irelscan->r_addend += count;
   1211       1.1     skrll 
   1212       1.1     skrll 	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1213       1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1214       1.1     skrll 
   1215       1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr
   1216       1.1     skrll 		  && start < toaddr
   1217       1.1     skrll 		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1218       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
   1219       1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1220       1.1     skrll 	      else if (stop > addr
   1221       1.1     skrll 		       && stop < toaddr
   1222       1.1     skrll 		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1223       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
   1224       1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1225       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1226       1.1     skrll 
   1227       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
   1228       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1229       1.1     skrll 
   1230       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1231       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1232       1.1     skrll 
   1233       1.1     skrll 
   1234       1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
   1235       1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1236       1.1     skrll 	      && (isym->st_value <= addr
   1237       1.1     skrll 		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
   1238       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1239       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma val;
   1240       1.1     skrll 
   1241       1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1242       1.1     skrll 		{
   1243       1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1244       1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1245       1.1     skrll 		  else
   1246       1.1     skrll 		    {
   1247       1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1248       1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1249       1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1250   1.1.1.9  christos 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1251   1.1.1.9  christos 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1252       1.1     skrll 			{
   1253       1.1     skrll 			  free (ocontents);
   1254       1.1     skrll 			  return false;
   1255       1.1     skrll 			}
   1256       1.1     skrll 
   1257       1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1258       1.1     skrll 		    }
   1259       1.1     skrll 		}
   1260       1.1     skrll 
   1261       1.1     skrll 	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1262       1.1     skrll 	      val += isym->st_value;
   1263       1.1     skrll 	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1264       1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
   1265       1.1     skrll 			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1266       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1267       1.1     skrll 	}
   1268       1.1     skrll     }
   1269       1.1     skrll 
   1270       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   1271       1.1     skrll   isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1272       1.1     skrll   for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
   1273       1.1     skrll     {
   1274       1.1     skrll       if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1275       1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value > addr
   1276       1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value < toaddr)
   1277       1.1     skrll 	isym->st_value -= count;
   1278       1.1     skrll     }
   1279       1.1     skrll 
   1280       1.1     skrll   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   1281       1.1     skrll   symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   1282       1.1     skrll 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1283       1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1284       1.1     skrll   end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
   1285       1.1     skrll   for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
   1286       1.1     skrll     {
   1287       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
   1288       1.1     skrll       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1289       1.1     skrll 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1290       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
   1291       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   1292       1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
   1293       1.1     skrll 	{
   1294       1.1     skrll 	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   1295       1.1     skrll 	}
   1296       1.1     skrll     }
   1297       1.1     skrll 
   1298       1.1     skrll   /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
   1299       1.1     skrll      r_offset for it already.  */
   1300       1.1     skrll   if (irelalign != NULL)
   1301       1.1     skrll     {
   1302       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
   1303       1.1     skrll 
   1304       1.1     skrll       alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1305       1.1     skrll       alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
   1306       1.1     skrll 			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1307       1.1     skrll       if (alignto != alignaddr)
   1308       1.1     skrll 	{
   1309       1.1     skrll 	  /* Tail recursion.  */
   1310       1.1     skrll 	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
   1311       1.1     skrll 					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
   1312   1.1.1.9  christos 	}
   1313       1.1     skrll     }
   1314       1.1     skrll 
   1315       1.1     skrll   return true;
   1316       1.1     skrll }
   1317       1.1     skrll 
   1318   1.1.1.9  christos /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
   1319       1.1     skrll    boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
   1320       1.1     skrll 
   1321       1.1     skrll static bool
   1322   1.1.1.9  christos sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
   1323       1.1     skrll 		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
   1324       1.1     skrll 		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1325       1.1     skrll 		    bool *pswapped)
   1326       1.1     skrll {
   1327       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1328       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
   1329   1.1.1.9  christos   bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
   1330       1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt;
   1331       1.1     skrll 
   1332       1.1     skrll   *pswapped = false;
   1333       1.1     skrll 
   1334       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1335       1.1     skrll 
   1336       1.1     skrll   /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
   1337       1.1     skrll   amt = sec->reloc_count;
   1338       1.1     skrll   amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
   1339       1.1     skrll   labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
   1340       1.1     skrll   if (labels == NULL)
   1341       1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   1342       1.1     skrll   label_end = labels;
   1343       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1344       1.1     skrll     {
   1345       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   1346       1.1     skrll 	{
   1347       1.1     skrll 	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
   1348       1.1     skrll 	  ++label_end;
   1349       1.1     skrll 	}
   1350       1.1     skrll     }
   1351       1.1     skrll 
   1352       1.1     skrll   /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
   1353       1.1     skrll      address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
   1354       1.1     skrll      the label values and the relocs.  */
   1355       1.1     skrll 
   1356       1.1     skrll   label = labels;
   1357       1.1     skrll 
   1358       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1359       1.1     skrll     {
   1360       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start, stop;
   1361       1.1     skrll 
   1362       1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
   1363       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1364       1.1     skrll 
   1365       1.1     skrll       start = irel->r_offset;
   1366       1.1     skrll 
   1367       1.1     skrll       for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1368       1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
   1369       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1370       1.1     skrll       if (irel < irelend)
   1371       1.1     skrll 	stop = irel->r_offset;
   1372       1.1     skrll       else
   1373       1.1     skrll 	stop = sec->size;
   1374       1.1     skrll 
   1375       1.1     skrll       if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
   1376       1.1     skrll 				     internal_relocs, &label,
   1377       1.1     skrll 				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
   1378       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   1379       1.1     skrll     }
   1380   1.1.1.9  christos 
   1381       1.1     skrll   free (labels);
   1382       1.1     skrll 
   1383   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   1384   1.1.1.9  christos 
   1385       1.1     skrll  error_return:
   1386       1.1     skrll   free (labels);
   1387       1.1     skrll   return false;
   1388       1.1     skrll }
   1389   1.1.1.9  christos 
   1390       1.1     skrll /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
   1391       1.1     skrll 
   1392       1.1     skrll static bool
   1393       1.1     skrll sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
   1394       1.1     skrll 		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
   1395       1.1     skrll {
   1396       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
   1397       1.1     skrll   unsigned short i1, i2;
   1398       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1399       1.1     skrll 
   1400       1.1     skrll   /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
   1401       1.1     skrll   i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
   1402       1.1     skrll   i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
   1403       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
   1404       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
   1405       1.1     skrll 
   1406       1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
   1407       1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1408       1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1409       1.1     skrll     {
   1410       1.1     skrll       enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
   1411       1.1     skrll       int add;
   1412       1.1     skrll 
   1413       1.1     skrll       /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
   1414       1.1     skrll 	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
   1415       1.1     skrll 	 but are only associated with the address.  */
   1416       1.1     skrll       type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
   1417       1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
   1418       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_CODE
   1419       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_DATA
   1420       1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
   1421       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1422       1.1     skrll 
   1423       1.1     skrll       /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
   1424       1.1     skrll 	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
   1425       1.1     skrll 	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
   1426       1.1     skrll 	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
   1427       1.1     skrll 	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
   1428       1.1     skrll 	 instruction it shouldn't).  */
   1429       1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_USES)
   1430       1.1     skrll 	{
   1431       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma off;
   1432       1.1     skrll 
   1433       1.1     skrll 	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
   1434       1.1     skrll 	  if (off == addr)
   1435       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset += 2;
   1436       1.1     skrll 	  else if (off == addr + 2)
   1437       1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1438       1.1     skrll 	}
   1439       1.1     skrll 
   1440       1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset == addr)
   1441       1.1     skrll 	{
   1442       1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset += 2;
   1443       1.1     skrll 	  add = -2;
   1444       1.1     skrll 	}
   1445       1.1     skrll       else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
   1446       1.1     skrll 	{
   1447       1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1448       1.1     skrll 	  add = 2;
   1449       1.1     skrll 	}
   1450       1.1     skrll       else
   1451       1.1     skrll 	add = 0;
   1452       1.1     skrll 
   1453       1.1     skrll       if (add != 0)
   1454   1.1.1.9  christos 	{
   1455       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_byte *loc;
   1456       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
   1457   1.1.1.9  christos 	  bool overflow;
   1458       1.1     skrll 
   1459       1.1     skrll 	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
   1460       1.1     skrll 	  overflow = false;
   1461       1.1     skrll 	  switch (type)
   1462       1.1     skrll 	    {
   1463       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1464       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1465       1.1     skrll 
   1466       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1467       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1468       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1469   1.1.1.9  christos 	      oinsn = insn;
   1470       1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1471       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1472       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1473       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1474       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1475       1.1     skrll 
   1476       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1477       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1478   1.1.1.9  christos 	      oinsn = insn;
   1479       1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1480       1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1481       1.1     skrll 		overflow = true;
   1482       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1483       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1484       1.1     skrll 
   1485       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1486       1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
   1487       1.1     skrll 		 the program counter before adding in the offset.
   1488       1.1     skrll 		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
   1489       1.1     skrll 		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
   1490       1.1     skrll 		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
   1491       1.1     skrll 		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
   1492       1.1     skrll 	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
   1493       1.1     skrll 		{
   1494       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1495   1.1.1.9  christos 		  oinsn = insn;
   1496       1.1     skrll 		  insn += add / 2;
   1497       1.1     skrll 		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1498       1.1     skrll 		    overflow = true;
   1499       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1500       1.1     skrll 		}
   1501       1.1     skrll 
   1502       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1503       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1504   1.1.1.6  christos 
   1505   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (overflow)
   1506   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   1507   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1508       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1509   1.1.1.9  christos 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1510       1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1511       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1512       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   1513       1.1     skrll 	    }
   1514   1.1.1.9  christos 	}
   1515       1.1     skrll     }
   1516       1.1     skrll 
   1517       1.1     skrll   return true;
   1518       1.1     skrll }
   1519       1.1     skrll 
   1520       1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
   1522       1.1     skrll 
   1523       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_plt_info
   1524       1.1     skrll {
   1525       1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
   1526       1.1     skrll      first entry.  */
   1527       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
   1528       1.1     skrll 
   1529       1.1     skrll   /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
   1530       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
   1531       1.1     skrll 
   1532       1.1     skrll   /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
   1533       1.1     skrll      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
   1534       1.1     skrll      if there is no such pointer.  */
   1535       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
   1536       1.1     skrll 
   1537       1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
   1538       1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
   1539       1.1     skrll 
   1540       1.1     skrll   /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
   1541       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
   1542       1.1     skrll 
   1543       1.1     skrll   /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
   1544       1.1     skrll      on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
   1545       1.1     skrll      that the field must hold.  */
   1546   1.1.1.9  christos   struct {
   1547   1.1.1.9  christos     bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
   1548       1.1     skrll     bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
   1549       1.1     skrll     bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
   1550       1.1     skrll     bool got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 instruction
   1551       1.1     skrll 		   (instead of a constant pool entry).  */
   1552   1.1.1.2  christos   } symbol_fields;
   1553   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1554   1.1.1.2  christos   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
   1555   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
   1556   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1557       1.1     skrll   /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
   1558       1.1     skrll      MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
   1559       1.1     skrll      other cases.  */
   1560       1.1     skrll   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
   1561       1.1     skrll };
   1562       1.1     skrll 
   1563       1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   1564       1.1     skrll 
   1565       1.1     skrll #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1566       1.1     skrll 
   1567       1.1     skrll /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1568       1.1     skrll 
   1569       1.1     skrll /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
   1570       1.1     skrll    GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
   1571       1.1     skrll    corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
   1572       1.1     skrll    to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
   1573       1.1     skrll    and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
   1574       1.1     skrll    ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
   1575       1.1     skrll    since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
   1576       1.1     skrll    greater than or equal to 12.  */
   1577       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1578       1.1     skrll {
   1579       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1580       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1581       1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1582       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1583       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1584       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1585       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1586       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1587       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1588       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1589       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1590       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1591       1.1     skrll };
   1592       1.1     skrll 
   1593       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1594       1.1     skrll {
   1595       1.1     skrll   0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1596       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1597       1.1     skrll   0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1598       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1599       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1600       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1601       1.1     skrll   0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1602       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1603       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1604       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1605       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1606       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1607       1.1     skrll };
   1608       1.1     skrll 
   1609       1.1     skrll /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   1610       1.1     skrll    this.  */
   1611       1.1     skrll 
   1612       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1613       1.1     skrll {
   1614       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1615       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1616       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1617       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1618       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1619       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1620       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1621       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1622       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1623       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1624       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1625       1.1     skrll };
   1626       1.1     skrll 
   1627       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1628       1.1     skrll {
   1629       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1630       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1631       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1632       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1633       1.1     skrll   0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1634       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1635       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1636       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1637       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1638       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1639       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1640       1.1     skrll };
   1641       1.1     skrll 
   1642       1.1     skrll /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1643       1.1     skrll 
   1644       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1645       1.1     skrll {
   1646       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1647       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1648       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1649       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */
   1650       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1651       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1652       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1653       1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1654       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1655       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1656       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1657       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1658       1.1     skrll };
   1659       1.1     skrll 
   1660       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1661       1.1     skrll {
   1662       1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1663       1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1664       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1665       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1666       1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1667       1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1668       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1669       1.1     skrll   0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1670       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1671       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1672       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1673       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1674       1.1     skrll };
   1675       1.1     skrll 
   1676       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1677       1.1     skrll   {
   1678       1.1     skrll     {
   1679       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1680       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1681   1.1.1.9  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1682   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1683   1.1.1.2  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1684       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1685       1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, false },
   1686       1.1     skrll       8,
   1687       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1688       1.1     skrll     },
   1689       1.1     skrll     {
   1690       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1691       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1692   1.1.1.9  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1693   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1694   1.1.1.2  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1695       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1696       1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, false },
   1697       1.1     skrll       8,
   1698       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1699       1.1     skrll     },
   1700       1.1     skrll   },
   1701       1.1     skrll   {
   1702       1.1     skrll     {
   1703       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1704       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1705   1.1.1.9  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1706   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1707   1.1.1.2  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1708       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1709       1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
   1710       1.1     skrll       8,
   1711       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1712       1.1     skrll     },
   1713       1.1     skrll     {
   1714       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1715       1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1716   1.1.1.9  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1717   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1718   1.1.1.2  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1719       1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1720       1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, false },
   1721       1.1     skrll       8,
   1722       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1723       1.1     skrll     },
   1724       1.1     skrll   }
   1725       1.1     skrll };
   1726       1.1     skrll 
   1727       1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
   1728       1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1729       1.1     skrll 
   1730       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1731       1.1     skrll {
   1732       1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1733       1.1     skrll   0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1734       1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1735       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1736       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1737       1.1     skrll };
   1738       1.1     skrll 
   1739       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1740       1.1     skrll {
   1741       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1742       1.1     skrll   0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1743       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1744       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1745       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1746       1.1     skrll };
   1747       1.1     skrll 
   1748       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1749       1.1     skrll {
   1750       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1751       1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1752       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1753       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1754       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1755       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1756       1.1     skrll   0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1757       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1758       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1759       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1760       1.1     skrll };
   1761       1.1     skrll 
   1762       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1763       1.1     skrll {
   1764       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1765       1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1766       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1767       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1768       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1769       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1770       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1771       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1772       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1773       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1774       1.1     skrll };
   1775       1.1     skrll 
   1776       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1777       1.1     skrll {
   1778       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1779       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1780       1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1781       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1782       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1783       1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1784       1.1     skrll   0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1785       1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1786       1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1787       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1788       1.1     skrll };
   1789       1.1     skrll 
   1790       1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1791       1.1     skrll {
   1792       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1793       1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1794       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1795       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1796       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1797       1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1798       1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1799       1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1800       1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1801       1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1802       1.1     skrll };
   1803       1.1     skrll 
   1804       1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1805       1.1     skrll   {
   1806       1.1     skrll     {
   1807       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1808       1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1809   1.1.1.9  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1810   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1811   1.1.1.2  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1812       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1813       1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, false },
   1814       1.1     skrll       12,
   1815       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1816       1.1     skrll     },
   1817       1.1     skrll     {
   1818       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1819       1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1820   1.1.1.9  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1821   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1822   1.1.1.2  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1823       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1824       1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, false },
   1825       1.1     skrll       12,
   1826       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1827       1.1     skrll     },
   1828       1.1     skrll   },
   1829       1.1     skrll   {
   1830       1.1     skrll     {
   1831       1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1832       1.1     skrll       NULL,
   1833   1.1.1.9  christos       0,
   1834   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1835   1.1.1.2  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1836       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1837       1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
   1838       1.1     skrll       12,
   1839       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1840       1.1     skrll     },
   1841       1.1     skrll     {
   1842       1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1843       1.1     skrll       NULL,
   1844   1.1.1.9  christos       0,
   1845   1.1.1.2  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1846   1.1.1.2  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1847       1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1848       1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, false },
   1849       1.1     skrll       12,
   1850       1.1     skrll       NULL
   1851   1.1.1.2  christos     },
   1852   1.1.1.2  christos   }
   1853   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1854   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1855   1.1.1.2  christos /* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
   1856   1.1.1.2  christos    binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
   1857   1.1.1.2  christos    and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
   1858   1.1.1.2  christos    cache behavior.  */
   1859   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1860   1.1.1.2  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1861   1.1.1.2  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
   1862   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1863   1.1.1.2  christos /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
   1864   1.1.1.2  christos    duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
   1865   1.1.1.2  christos    right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
   1866   1.1.1.2  christos    might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
   1867   1.1.1.2  christos    stubs separately.  */
   1868   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1869   1.1.1.2  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1870   1.1.1.2  christos {
   1871   1.1.1.2  christos   0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1872   1.1.1.2  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1873   1.1.1.2  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1874   1.1.1.2  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1875   1.1.1.2  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1876   1.1.1.2  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1877   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1878   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1879   1.1.1.2  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1880   1.1.1.2  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1881   1.1.1.2  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1882   1.1.1.2  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1883   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1884   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1885   1.1.1.2  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1886   1.1.1.2  christos {
   1887   1.1.1.2  christos   0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1888   1.1.1.2  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1889   1.1.1.2  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1890   1.1.1.2  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1891   1.1.1.2  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1892   1.1.1.2  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1893   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1894   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1895   1.1.1.2  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1896   1.1.1.2  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1897   1.1.1.2  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1898   1.1.1.2  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1899   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1900   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1901   1.1.1.2  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
   1902   1.1.1.2  christos   {
   1903   1.1.1.2  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1904   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL,
   1905   1.1.1.9  christos     0,
   1906   1.1.1.2  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1907   1.1.1.2  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1908   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1909   1.1.1.2  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1910   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1911   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL
   1912   1.1.1.2  christos   },
   1913   1.1.1.2  christos   {
   1914   1.1.1.2  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1915   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL,
   1916   1.1.1.9  christos     0,
   1917   1.1.1.2  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1918   1.1.1.2  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1919   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1920   1.1.1.2  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1921   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1922   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL
   1923   1.1.1.2  christos   },
   1924   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1925   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1926   1.1.1.2  christos /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
   1927   1.1.1.2  christos    entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
   1928   1.1.1.2  christos    past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
   1929   1.1.1.2  christos    but would not be any smaller.  */
   1930   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1931   1.1.1.2  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1932   1.1.1.2  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
   1933   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1934   1.1.1.2  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1935   1.1.1.2  christos {
   1936   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1937   1.1.1.2  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1938   1.1.1.2  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1939   1.1.1.2  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1940   1.1.1.2  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1941   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1942   1.1.1.2  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1943   1.1.1.2  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1944   1.1.1.2  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1945   1.1.1.2  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1946   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1947   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1948   1.1.1.2  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1949   1.1.1.2  christos {
   1950   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1951   1.1.1.2  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1952   1.1.1.2  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1953   1.1.1.2  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1954   1.1.1.2  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1955   1.1.1.2  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1956   1.1.1.2  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1957   1.1.1.2  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1958   1.1.1.2  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1959   1.1.1.2  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1960   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1961   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1962   1.1.1.2  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
   1963   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1964   1.1.1.2  christos   NULL,
   1965   1.1.1.9  christos   0,
   1966   1.1.1.2  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1967   1.1.1.2  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
   1968   1.1.1.2  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1969   1.1.1.2  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
   1970   1.1.1.2  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1971   1.1.1.2  christos   NULL
   1972   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1973   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1974   1.1.1.2  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
   1975   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1976   1.1.1.2  christos   NULL,
   1977   1.1.1.9  christos   0,
   1978   1.1.1.2  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1979   1.1.1.2  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
   1980   1.1.1.2  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1981   1.1.1.2  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, true },
   1982   1.1.1.2  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1983   1.1.1.2  christos   NULL
   1984   1.1.1.2  christos };
   1985   1.1.1.2  christos 
   1986   1.1.1.2  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
   1987   1.1.1.2  christos   {
   1988   1.1.1.2  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1989   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL,
   1990   1.1.1.9  christos     0,
   1991   1.1.1.2  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1992   1.1.1.2  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1993   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1994   1.1.1.2  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   1995   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1996   1.1.1.2  christos     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
   1997   1.1.1.2  christos   },
   1998   1.1.1.2  christos   {
   1999   1.1.1.2  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2000   1.1.1.2  christos     NULL,
   2001   1.1.1.9  christos     0,
   2002   1.1.1.2  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2003   1.1.1.2  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2004   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2005   1.1.1.2  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, false },
   2006   1.1.1.2  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2007       1.1     skrll     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
   2008       1.1     skrll   },
   2009       1.1     skrll };
   2010       1.1     skrll 
   2011   1.1.1.9  christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
   2012       1.1     skrll    the object is position-independent.  */
   2013   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2014   1.1.1.2  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
   2015   1.1.1.2  christos get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bool pic_p)
   2016   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2017   1.1.1.2  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2018   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2019   1.1.1.2  christos       /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
   2020   1.1.1.2  christos 	 sequence.  */
   2021   1.1.1.2  christos       if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
   2022       1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2023       1.1     skrll       else
   2024       1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2025       1.1     skrll     }
   2026       1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
   2027       1.1     skrll     return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2028       1.1     skrll   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2029       1.1     skrll }
   2030       1.1     skrll 
   2031       1.1     skrll /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   2032   1.1.1.9  christos    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
   2033       1.1     skrll    not data.  */
   2034       1.1     skrll 
   2035       1.1     skrll inline static void
   2036       1.1     skrll install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bool code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2037       1.1     skrll 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
   2038   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2039   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
   2040   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2041   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2042   1.1.1.2  christos /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
   2043   1.1.1.2  christos    Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
   2044       1.1     skrll    20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
   2045       1.1     skrll    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2046       1.1     skrll #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
   2047       1.1     skrll 
   2048       1.1     skrll /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
   2049   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2050   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   2051   1.1.1.2  christos get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
   2052   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2053   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
   2054   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2055   1.1.1.2  christos   offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
   2056   1.1.1.2  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2057   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2058   1.1.1.2  christos       if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
   2059   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2060   1.1.1.2  christos 	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2061   1.1.1.2  christos 	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2062   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2063       1.1     skrll       else
   2064       1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2065       1.1     skrll     }
   2066       1.1     skrll   return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
   2067       1.1     skrll }
   2068   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2069       1.1     skrll /* Do the inverse operation.  */
   2070   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2071   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   2072   1.1.1.2  christos get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
   2073   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2074   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma offset = 0;
   2075   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2076   1.1.1.2  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2077   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2078   1.1.1.2  christos       if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   2079   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2080   1.1.1.2  christos 	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2081   1.1.1.2  christos 	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2082   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2083   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2084       1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2085       1.1     skrll     }
   2086   1.1.1.2  christos   return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
   2087   1.1.1.2  christos 	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
   2088   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2089   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2090   1.1.1.2  christos union gotref
   2091   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2092       1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2093       1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2094       1.1     skrll };
   2095       1.1     skrll 
   2096       1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
   2097       1.1     skrll 
   2098       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
   2099       1.1     skrll {
   2100   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
   2101   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2102   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
   2103   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2104   1.1.1.2  christos   /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
   2105   1.1.1.2  christos      R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   2106   1.1.1.2  christos      relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
   2107   1.1.1.2  christos      for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
   2108   1.1.1.2  christos      MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
   2109   1.1.1.2  christos      managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
   2110   1.1.1.2  christos      During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
   2111   1.1.1.2  christos      descriptor will be canonical.  */
   2112   1.1.1.2  christos   union gotref funcdesc;
   2113   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2114   1.1.1.3  christos   /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
   2115   1.1.1.2  christos      and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
   2116   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   2117       1.1     skrll 
   2118       1.1     skrll   enum got_type {
   2119       1.1     skrll     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
   2120       1.1     skrll   } got_type;
   2121       1.1     skrll };
   2122       1.1     skrll 
   2123       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
   2124       1.1     skrll 
   2125   1.1.1.2  christos struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2126   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2127   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
   2128   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2129   1.1.1.2  christos   /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
   2130       1.1     skrll   char *local_got_type;
   2131       1.1     skrll 
   2132       1.1     skrll   /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
   2133       1.1     skrll   union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   2134       1.1     skrll };
   2135   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2136   1.1.1.2  christos #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
   2137   1.1.1.2  christos   ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
   2138   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2139   1.1.1.2  christos #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
   2140       1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
   2141       1.1     skrll 
   2142       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
   2143       1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
   2144   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2145       1.1     skrll #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
   2146       1.1     skrll   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
   2147       1.1     skrll    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
   2148       1.1     skrll    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
   2149   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2150       1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2151       1.1     skrll    as the specific tdata.  */
   2152       1.1     skrll 
   2153   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   2154       1.1     skrll sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
   2155       1.1     skrll {
   2156       1.1     skrll   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
   2157       1.1     skrll 				  SH_ELF_DATA);
   2158       1.1     skrll }
   2159       1.1     skrll 
   2160       1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2161       1.1     skrll 
   2162       1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
   2163   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2164   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
   2165   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2166       1.1     skrll   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
   2167       1.1     skrll   asection *sfuncdesc;
   2168       1.1     skrll   asection *srelfuncdesc;
   2169       1.1     skrll   asection *srofixup;
   2170       1.1     skrll 
   2171       1.1     skrll   /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
   2172       1.1     skrll   asection *srelplt2;
   2173       1.1     skrll 
   2174       1.1     skrll   /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
   2175       1.1     skrll   union
   2176       1.1     skrll     {
   2177       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2178       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
   2179       1.1     skrll     } tls_ldm_got;
   2180   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2181   1.1.1.9  christos   /* The type of PLT to use.  */
   2182       1.1     skrll   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2183       1.1     skrll 
   2184       1.1     skrll   /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
   2185       1.1     skrll   bool fdpic_p;
   2186       1.1     skrll };
   2187       1.1     skrll 
   2188       1.1     skrll /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2189   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2190       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
   2191       1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
   2192       1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
   2193       1.1     skrll     (bool (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),		\
   2194       1.1     skrll     (info)))
   2195   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2196   1.1.1.9  christos /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
   2197   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2198       1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
   2199       1.1     skrll   ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash)					\
   2200       1.1     skrll     && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == SH_ELF_DATA)		\
   2201       1.1     skrll    ? (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
   2202       1.1     skrll 
   2203       1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2204       1.1     skrll 
   2205       1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   2206       1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   2207       1.1     skrll 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
   2208       1.1     skrll 			  const char *string)
   2209       1.1     skrll {
   2210       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
   2211       1.1     skrll     (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   2212       1.1     skrll 
   2213       1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   2214       1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
   2215       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2216       1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2217       1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   2218       1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
   2219       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2220       1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2221       1.1     skrll 
   2222       1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   2223       1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2224       1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
   2225   1.1.1.2  christos 				     table, string));
   2226   1.1.1.2  christos   if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2227   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2228       1.1     skrll       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2229       1.1     skrll       ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   2230       1.1     skrll       ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   2231       1.1     skrll       ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   2232       1.1     skrll     }
   2233       1.1     skrll 
   2234       1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2235       1.1     skrll }
   2236       1.1     skrll 
   2237       1.1     skrll /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2238       1.1     skrll 
   2239   1.1.1.9  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   2240       1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   2241   1.1.1.3  christos {
   2242       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
   2243       1.1     skrll   size_t amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
   2244       1.1     skrll 
   2245       1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2246       1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
   2247   1.1.1.2  christos     return NULL;
   2248   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2249       1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
   2250       1.1     skrll 				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
   2251       1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
   2252       1.1     skrll 				      SH_ELF_DATA))
   2253       1.1     skrll     {
   2254   1.1.1.9  christos       free (ret);
   2255   1.1.1.9  christos       return NULL;
   2256   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   2257   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2258   1.1.1.9  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2259       1.1     skrll     {
   2260       1.1     skrll       ret->root.dt_pltgot_required = true;
   2261       1.1     skrll       ret->fdpic_p = true;
   2262       1.1     skrll     }
   2263   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2264   1.1.1.2  christos   return &ret->root.root;
   2265   1.1.1.2  christos }
   2266   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2267   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   2268   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2269   1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
   2270   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2271   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2272   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2273   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
   2274   1.1.1.2  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2275   1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   2276   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2277   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
   2278   1.1.1.2  christos      relocate independently.  */
   2279   1.1.1.2  christos   switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
   2280   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2281   1.1.1.2  christos     case SHT_PROGBITS:
   2282   1.1.1.9  christos     case SHT_NOBITS:
   2283   1.1.1.2  christos       /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
   2284   1.1.1.2  christos 	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
   2285   1.1.1.2  christos     case SHT_NULL:
   2286   1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
   2287   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2288   1.1.1.2  christos       /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
   2289   1.1.1.2  christos 	 against any other section.  */
   2290   1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   2291       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2292       1.1     skrll     }
   2293       1.1     skrll }
   2294   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2295       1.1     skrll /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
   2296       1.1     skrll    shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
   2297       1.1     skrll 
   2298       1.1     skrll static bool
   2299       1.1     skrll create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2300   1.1.1.9  christos {
   2301       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2302       1.1     skrll 
   2303   1.1.1.2  christos   if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2304   1.1.1.9  christos     return false;
   2305   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2306   1.1.1.3  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2307   1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2308   1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2309   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2310   1.1.1.3  christos   htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
   2311   1.1.1.2  christos 							(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2312   1.1.1.8  christos 							 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2313   1.1.1.9  christos 							 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2314   1.1.1.2  christos 							 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
   2315   1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
   2316   1.1.1.3  christos       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
   2317   1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2318   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2319   1.1.1.3  christos   htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2320   1.1.1.3  christos 							   ".rela.got.funcdesc",
   2321   1.1.1.3  christos 							   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2322   1.1.1.2  christos 							    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2323   1.1.1.8  christos 							    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2324   1.1.1.9  christos 							    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2325   1.1.1.2  christos 							    | SEC_READONLY));
   2326   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
   2327   1.1.1.3  christos       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
   2328   1.1.1.3  christos     return false;
   2329   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2330   1.1.1.3  christos   /* Also create .rofixup.  */
   2331   1.1.1.3  christos   htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
   2332   1.1.1.3  christos 						       (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2333   1.1.1.2  christos 							| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2334   1.1.1.8  christos 							| SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2335   1.1.1.9  christos 							| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2336   1.1.1.2  christos 							| SEC_READONLY));
   2337   1.1.1.9  christos   if (htab->srofixup == NULL
   2338       1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
   2339       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2340       1.1     skrll 
   2341       1.1     skrll   return true;
   2342   1.1.1.9  christos }
   2343       1.1     skrll 
   2344       1.1     skrll /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
   2345       1.1     skrll 
   2346       1.1     skrll static bool
   2347   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2348       1.1     skrll {
   2349       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2350       1.1     skrll   flagword flags, pltflags;
   2351       1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2352       1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2353       1.1     skrll   int ptralign = 0;
   2354       1.1     skrll 
   2355       1.1     skrll   switch (bed->s->arch_size)
   2356       1.1     skrll     {
   2357       1.1     skrll     case 32:
   2358       1.1     skrll       ptralign = 2;
   2359       1.1     skrll       break;
   2360       1.1     skrll 
   2361       1.1     skrll     case 64:
   2362       1.1     skrll       ptralign = 3;
   2363   1.1.1.9  christos       break;
   2364       1.1     skrll 
   2365       1.1     skrll     default:
   2366       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2367   1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
   2368   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   2369   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2370       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2371   1.1.1.9  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2372       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2373       1.1     skrll 
   2374       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2375       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2376       1.1     skrll 
   2377       1.1     skrll   /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
   2378       1.1     skrll      .rel[a].bss sections.  */
   2379       1.1     skrll 
   2380       1.1     skrll   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2381       1.1     skrll 	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2382       1.1     skrll 
   2383       1.1     skrll   pltflags = flags;
   2384       1.1     skrll   pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
   2385       1.1     skrll   if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
   2386   1.1.1.3  christos     pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   2387   1.1.1.6  christos   if (bed->plt_readonly)
   2388       1.1     skrll     pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
   2389   1.1.1.8  christos 
   2390   1.1.1.9  christos   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
   2391       1.1     skrll   htab->root.splt = s;
   2392       1.1     skrll   if (s == NULL
   2393       1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
   2394       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2395       1.1     skrll 
   2396       1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_plt_sym)
   2397       1.1     skrll     {
   2398       1.1     skrll       /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
   2399       1.1     skrll 	 .plt section.  */
   2400       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2401   1.1.1.9  christos       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   2402       1.1     skrll 
   2403   1.1.1.9  christos       if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
   2404       1.1     skrll 	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
   2405       1.1     skrll 	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
   2406       1.1     skrll 	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
   2407       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   2408       1.1     skrll 
   2409       1.1     skrll       h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   2410   1.1.1.4  christos       h->def_regular = 1;
   2411       1.1     skrll       h->type = STT_OBJECT;
   2412   1.1.1.9  christos       htab->root.hplt = h;
   2413       1.1     skrll 
   2414       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2415   1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2416   1.1.1.3  christos 	return false;
   2417   1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2418   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2419   1.1.1.6  christos   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2420       1.1     skrll 					  bed->default_use_rela_p
   2421   1.1.1.8  christos 					  ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
   2422   1.1.1.9  christos 					  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2423       1.1     skrll   htab->root.srelplt = s;
   2424   1.1.1.6  christos   if (s == NULL
   2425       1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2426   1.1.1.9  christos     return false;
   2427       1.1     skrll 
   2428       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
   2429       1.1     skrll       && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
   2430       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2431       1.1     skrll 
   2432       1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_dynbss)
   2433       1.1     skrll     {
   2434       1.1     skrll       /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
   2435       1.1     skrll 	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
   2436   1.1.1.3  christos 	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
   2437   1.1.1.3  christos 	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2438   1.1.1.9  christos 	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
   2439       1.1     skrll 	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
   2440   1.1.1.9  christos       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
   2441       1.1     skrll 					      SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2442       1.1     skrll       htab->root.sdynbss = s;
   2443       1.1     skrll       if (s == NULL)
   2444       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   2445       1.1     skrll 
   2446       1.1     skrll       /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
   2447       1.1     skrll 	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
   2448       1.1     skrll 	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
   2449       1.1     skrll 	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
   2450       1.1     skrll 	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
   2451       1.1     skrll 	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
   2452       1.1     skrll 	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
   2453   1.1.1.4  christos 	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
   2454       1.1     skrll 	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
   2455   1.1.1.3  christos 	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
   2456   1.1.1.3  christos 	 copy relocs.  */
   2457   1.1.1.3  christos       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2458   1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2459   1.1.1.9  christos 	  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2460       1.1     skrll 						  (bed->default_use_rela_p
   2461   1.1.1.8  christos 						   ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
   2462   1.1.1.9  christos 						  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2463       1.1     skrll 	  htab->root.srelbss = s;
   2464       1.1     skrll 	  if (s == NULL
   2465       1.1     skrll 	      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2466   1.1.1.9  christos 	    return false;
   2467       1.1     skrll 	}
   2468       1.1     skrll     }
   2469   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2470       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   2471       1.1     skrll     {
   2472   1.1.1.9  christos       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   2473       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   2474       1.1     skrll     }
   2475       1.1     skrll 
   2476       1.1     skrll   return true;
   2477       1.1     skrll }
   2478       1.1     skrll 
   2479       1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2481   1.1.1.9  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2482       1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2483       1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2484       1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2485       1.1     skrll 
   2486       1.1     skrll static bool
   2487       1.1     skrll sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2488       1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2489   1.1.1.2  christos {
   2490   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2491       1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2492       1.1     skrll 
   2493       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2494       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2495   1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   2496       1.1     skrll 
   2497       1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2498       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
   2499       1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2500       1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2501       1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2502       1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2503       1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2504       1.1     skrll 
   2505       1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2506       1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2507       1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2508       1.1     skrll   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2509       1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2510       1.1     skrll     {
   2511       1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2512       1.1     skrll 	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2513       1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2514       1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2515       1.1     skrll 	{
   2516       1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
   2517       1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2518       1.1     skrll 	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
   2519       1.1     skrll 	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
   2520   1.1.1.9  christos 	     reloc instead.  */
   2521       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2522       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2523       1.1     skrll 	}
   2524       1.1     skrll 
   2525       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2526       1.1     skrll     }
   2527       1.1     skrll   else
   2528   1.1.1.6  christos     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2529       1.1     skrll 
   2530   1.1.1.6  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2531   1.1.1.6  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2532   1.1.1.6  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2533   1.1.1.6  christos   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2534       1.1     skrll     {
   2535   1.1.1.6  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2536   1.1.1.9  christos       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2537       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2538       1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2539       1.1     skrll       if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2540       1.1     skrll 	h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
   2541       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2542       1.1     skrll     }
   2543       1.1     skrll 
   2544       1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2545       1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2546   1.1.1.4  christos 
   2547   1.1.1.9  christos   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2548       1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2549       1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2550       1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2551       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2552   1.1.1.9  christos     return true;
   2553       1.1     skrll 
   2554       1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2555   1.1.1.6  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2556       1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2557       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2558   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2559       1.1     skrll   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2560       1.1     skrll   if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
   2561   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   2562   1.1.1.6  christos       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2563   1.1.1.9  christos       return true;
   2564       1.1     skrll     }
   2565       1.1     skrll 
   2566   1.1.1.9  christos   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2567       1.1     skrll      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2568       1.1     skrll   if (0 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   2569       1.1     skrll     {
   2570       1.1     skrll       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2571       1.1     skrll       return true;
   2572       1.1     skrll     }
   2573       1.1     skrll 
   2574       1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2575       1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2576       1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2577       1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2578       1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2579   1.1.1.9  christos      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2580       1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2581       1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2582       1.1     skrll      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2583       1.1     skrll 
   2584       1.1     skrll   s = htab->root.sdynbss;
   2585       1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2586   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2587       1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2588       1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2589       1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2590   1.1.1.9  christos      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2591       1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2592       1.1     skrll     {
   2593       1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   2594       1.1     skrll 
   2595       1.1     skrll       srel = htab->root.srelbss;
   2596   1.1.1.4  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2597       1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2598       1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2599       1.1     skrll     }
   2600       1.1     skrll 
   2601       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2602   1.1.1.9  christos }
   2603       1.1     skrll 
   2604       1.1     skrll /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2605       1.1     skrll    dynamic relocs.  */
   2606       1.1     skrll 
   2607       1.1     skrll static bool
   2608   1.1.1.6  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   2609       1.1     skrll {
   2610       1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2611   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2612       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2613       1.1     skrll   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2614       1.1     skrll 
   2615   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2616   1.1.1.9  christos     return true;
   2617       1.1     skrll 
   2618       1.1     skrll   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2619       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2620       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2621       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2622       1.1     skrll 
   2623       1.1     skrll   eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2624       1.1     skrll   if ((h->got.refcount > 0
   2625       1.1     skrll        || h->forced_local)
   2626       1.1     skrll       && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
   2627       1.1     skrll     {
   2628       1.1     skrll       /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
   2629       1.1     skrll 	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
   2630       1.1     skrll       h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2631       1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
   2632       1.1     skrll 	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2633       1.1     skrll     }
   2634       1.1     skrll 
   2635       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2636       1.1     skrll       && h->plt.refcount > 0
   2637       1.1     skrll       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2638       1.1     skrll 	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2639       1.1     skrll     {
   2640       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2641   1.1.1.9  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2642       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2643       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2644   1.1.1.4  christos 	{
   2645       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2646       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   2647   1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2648   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2649       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2650       1.1     skrll 	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
   2651       1.1     skrll 	{
   2652       1.1     skrll 	  asection *s = htab->root.splt;
   2653       1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2654       1.1     skrll 
   2655       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2656       1.1     skrll 	     first entry.  */
   2657       1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2658       1.1     skrll 	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
   2659       1.1     skrll 
   2660       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2661   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2662   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2663   1.1.1.2  christos 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2664   1.1.1.4  christos 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2665       1.1     skrll 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2666       1.1     skrll 	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
   2667       1.1     skrll 	     function's address will be the address of the canonical
   2668       1.1     skrll 	     function descriptor.  */
   2669       1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
   2670       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2671   1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2672   1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2673   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   2674   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2675   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2676       1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   2677       1.1     skrll 	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
   2678       1.1     skrll 	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
   2679   1.1.1.2  christos 	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   2680   1.1.1.6  christos 	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
   2681   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2682   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2683       1.1     skrll 	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2684       1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2685   1.1.1.6  christos 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
   2686       1.1     skrll 	  else
   2687   1.1.1.9  christos 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
   2688       1.1     skrll 
   2689       1.1     skrll 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
   2690       1.1     skrll 	  htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2691       1.1     skrll 
   2692       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2693       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2694       1.1     skrll 	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
   2695       1.1     skrll 		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
   2696       1.1     skrll 		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
   2697       1.1     skrll 
   2698       1.1     skrll 	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
   2699       1.1     skrll 		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2700       1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
   2701       1.1     skrll 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2702       1.1     skrll 
   2703       1.1     skrll 	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
   2704       1.1     skrll 		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
   2705       1.1     skrll 		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
   2706       1.1     skrll 	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   2707       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2708       1.1     skrll 	}
   2709       1.1     skrll       else
   2710       1.1     skrll 	{
   2711       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2712       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2713       1.1     skrll 	}
   2714       1.1     skrll     }
   2715       1.1     skrll   else
   2716       1.1     skrll     {
   2717       1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2718       1.1     skrll       h->needs_plt = 0;
   2719   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   2720   1.1.1.3  christos 
   2721       1.1     skrll   if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   2722       1.1     skrll     {
   2723       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2724       1.1     skrll       bool dyn;
   2725       1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   2726       1.1     skrll 
   2727       1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2728   1.1.1.9  christos 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2729       1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2730       1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2731   1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   2732       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2733       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   2734       1.1     skrll 	}
   2735   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2736       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   2737       1.1     skrll       h->got.offset = s->size;
   2738   1.1.1.2  christos       s->size += 4;
   2739   1.1.1.2  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   2740   1.1.1.2  christos       if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2741   1.1.1.4  christos 	s->size += 4;
   2742   1.1.1.2  christos       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   2743   1.1.1.2  christos       if (!dyn)
   2744   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2745   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
   2746   1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2747   1.1.1.4  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2748   1.1.1.4  christos 	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2749   1.1.1.4  christos 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2750   1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2751       1.1     skrll       /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
   2752       1.1     skrll       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   2753   1.1.1.2  christos 	       && !h->def_dynamic
   2754   1.1.1.2  christos 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2755   1.1.1.6  christos 	;
   2756   1.1.1.2  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
   2757   1.1.1.6  christos 	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
   2758   1.1.1.2  christos       else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   2759   1.1.1.2  christos 	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2760   1.1.1.4  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2761   1.1.1.2  christos       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2762   1.1.1.2  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2763   1.1.1.6  christos       else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   2764   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2765       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2766       1.1     skrll 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2767   1.1.1.4  christos 	  else
   2768       1.1     skrll 	    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2769   1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2770   1.1.1.4  christos       else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2771   1.1.1.4  christos 		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2772   1.1.1.4  christos 	       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2773   1.1.1.2  christos 		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
   2774   1.1.1.2  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2775   1.1.1.2  christos       else if (htab->fdpic_p
   2776       1.1     skrll 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2777       1.1     skrll 	       && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   2778       1.1     skrll 	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2779       1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2780   1.1.1.2  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2781   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2782   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   2783   1.1.1.2  christos     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2784   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2785   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
   2786   1.1.1.2  christos      descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
   2787   1.1.1.2  christos      reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
   2788   1.1.1.2  christos      undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
   2789   1.1.1.2  christos      static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
   2790   1.1.1.4  christos   if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
   2791   1.1.1.2  christos       && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2792   1.1.1.2  christos 	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2793   1.1.1.6  christos 	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
   2794   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2795   1.1.1.2  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2796   1.1.1.2  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
   2797   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2798   1.1.1.2  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size
   2799   1.1.1.2  christos 	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2800   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2801   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2802   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
   2803   1.1.1.2  christos      a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
   2804   1.1.1.2  christos      the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
   2805   1.1.1.2  christos      applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
   2806   1.1.1.2  christos      canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
   2807   1.1.1.2  christos      won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
   2808   1.1.1.2  christos   if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
   2809   1.1.1.2  christos        || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2810   1.1.1.2  christos       && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2811   1.1.1.2  christos       && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2812   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2813   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
   2814   1.1.1.4  christos       eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   2815   1.1.1.2  christos       htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   2816   1.1.1.2  christos 
   2817   1.1.1.2  christos       /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
   2818   1.1.1.2  christos 	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
   2819   1.1.1.2  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2820   1.1.1.9  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   2821   1.1.1.9  christos       else
   2822       1.1     skrll 	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2823       1.1     skrll     }
   2824       1.1     skrll 
   2825       1.1     skrll   if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2826       1.1     skrll     return true;
   2827       1.1     skrll 
   2828       1.1     skrll   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   2829   1.1.1.4  christos      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   2830       1.1     skrll      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2831       1.1     skrll      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   2832       1.1     skrll      visibility changes.  */
   2833   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2834       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2835   1.1.1.9  christos     {
   2836       1.1     skrll       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2837       1.1     skrll 	{
   2838       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2839       1.1     skrll 
   2840       1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2841       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2842       1.1     skrll 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2843       1.1     skrll 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   2844       1.1     skrll 	      if (p->count == 0)
   2845       1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2846   1.1.1.9  christos 	      else
   2847       1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2848   1.1.1.6  christos 	    }
   2849       1.1     skrll 	}
   2850   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2851       1.1     skrll       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   2852       1.1     skrll 	{
   2853       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2854       1.1     skrll 
   2855       1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2856       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2857       1.1     skrll 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2858       1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2859       1.1     skrll 	      else
   2860       1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2861   1.1.1.9  christos 	    }
   2862       1.1     skrll 	}
   2863       1.1     skrll 
   2864   1.1.1.6  christos       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2865   1.1.1.6  christos 	 visibility.  */
   2866   1.1.1.9  christos       if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2867       1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2868       1.1     skrll 	{
   2869       1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2870       1.1     skrll 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   2871       1.1     skrll 	    h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2872       1.1     skrll 
   2873       1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2874   1.1.1.9  christos 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2875       1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   2876       1.1     skrll 		   && !h->forced_local)
   2877       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2878       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2879       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   2880       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2881       1.1     skrll 	}
   2882       1.1     skrll     }
   2883       1.1     skrll   else
   2884       1.1     skrll     {
   2885       1.1     skrll       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2886       1.1     skrll 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2887       1.1     skrll 	 dynamic.  */
   2888       1.1     skrll 
   2889       1.1     skrll       if (!h->non_got_ref
   2890       1.1     skrll 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   2891       1.1     skrll 	       && !h->def_regular)
   2892       1.1     skrll 	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2893       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2894       1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2895       1.1     skrll 	{
   2896       1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2897   1.1.1.9  christos 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2898       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2899       1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2900       1.1     skrll 	    {
   2901       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2902       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   2903       1.1     skrll 	    }
   2904       1.1     skrll 
   2905       1.1     skrll 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2906   1.1.1.9  christos 	     relocs.  */
   2907       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   2908       1.1     skrll 	    goto keep;
   2909       1.1     skrll 	}
   2910       1.1     skrll 
   2911       1.1     skrll       h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2912   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2913       1.1     skrll     keep: ;
   2914       1.1     skrll     }
   2915       1.1     skrll 
   2916   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2917   1.1.1.2  christos   for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2918   1.1.1.4  christos     {
   2919   1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2920       1.1     skrll       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2921       1.1     skrll 
   2922   1.1.1.9  christos       /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   2923       1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2924       1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   2925       1.1     skrll     }
   2926       1.1     skrll 
   2927       1.1     skrll   return true;
   2928       1.1     skrll }
   2929   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2930       1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   2931       1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   2932   1.1.1.4  christos    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   2933   1.1.1.4  christos 
   2934   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   2935   1.1.1.4  christos sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2936   1.1.1.4  christos {
   2937   1.1.1.4  christos   sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
   2938   1.1.1.9  christos 						     bfd_link_pic (info));
   2939   1.1.1.9  christos 
   2940       1.1     skrll   if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   2941       1.1     skrll       && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
   2942       1.1     skrll 				      "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
   2943       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2944   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   2945       1.1     skrll }
   2946       1.1     skrll 
   2947       1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   2948       1.1     skrll 
   2949       1.1     skrll static bool
   2950       1.1     skrll sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2951   1.1.1.9  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2952       1.1     skrll {
   2953       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2954       1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2955   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *s;
   2956   1.1.1.9  christos   bool relocs;
   2957   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   2958       1.1     skrll 
   2959       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2960       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2961       1.1     skrll     return false;
   2962       1.1     skrll 
   2963       1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   2964   1.1.1.4  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   2965       1.1     skrll 
   2966   1.1.1.3  christos   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2967       1.1     skrll     {
   2968       1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   2969       1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   2970       1.1     skrll 	{
   2971       1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   2972       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2973       1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2974       1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   2975   1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   2976       1.1     skrll     }
   2977       1.1     skrll 
   2978       1.1     skrll   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   2979   1.1.1.2  christos      relocs.  */
   2980   1.1.1.2  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   2981       1.1     skrll     {
   2982       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   2983       1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   2984       1.1     skrll       union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
   2985       1.1     skrll       char *local_got_type;
   2986       1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   2987       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2988       1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   2989       1.1     skrll 
   2990   1.1.1.6  christos       if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
   2991       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   2992   1.1.1.6  christos 
   2993       1.1     skrll       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   2994       1.1     skrll 	{
   2995       1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2996       1.1     skrll 
   2997       1.1     skrll 	  for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
   2998       1.1     skrll 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
   2999       1.1     skrll 	       p != NULL;
   3000       1.1     skrll 	       p = p->next)
   3001       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3002       1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   3003       1.1     skrll 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   3004       1.1     skrll 		{
   3005   1.1.1.9  christos 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   3006       1.1     skrll 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   3007       1.1     skrll 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   3008       1.1     skrll 		     the relocs too.  */
   3009       1.1     skrll 		}
   3010       1.1     skrll 	      else if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
   3011       1.1     skrll 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   3012       1.1     skrll 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   3013       1.1     skrll 		{
   3014       1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   3015       1.1     skrll 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   3016       1.1     skrll 		}
   3017   1.1.1.6  christos 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   3018   1.1.1.6  christos 		{
   3019   1.1.1.7  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   3020   1.1.1.6  christos 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3021   1.1.1.6  christos 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3022   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3023   1.1.1.2  christos 		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3024   1.1.1.4  christos 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   3025   1.1.1.2  christos 					      p->sec->owner, p->sec);
   3026       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3027       1.1     skrll 
   3028       1.1     skrll 		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   3029       1.1     skrll 		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3030       1.1     skrll 		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   3031       1.1     skrll 		}
   3032   1.1.1.6  christos 	    }
   3033   1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   3034   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3035   1.1.1.2  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   3036   1.1.1.2  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3037       1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3038   1.1.1.2  christos       srel = htab->root.srelgot;
   3039   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3040   1.1.1.2  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   3041   1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got)
   3042   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3043   1.1.1.2  christos 	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   3044   1.1.1.2  christos 	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
   3045   1.1.1.2  christos 	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3046   1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   3047   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3048   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (*local_got > 0)
   3049   1.1.1.4  christos 		{
   3050   1.1.1.2  christos 		  *local_got = s->size;
   3051   1.1.1.2  christos 		  s->size += 4;
   3052   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3053   1.1.1.2  christos 		    s->size += 4;
   3054   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3055   1.1.1.2  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3056   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   3057   1.1.1.2  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3058   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3059   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   3060   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3061   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3062   1.1.1.2  christos 			{
   3063   1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_size_type size;
   3064   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3065   1.1.1.2  christos 			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
   3066   1.1.1.2  christos 			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
   3067   1.1.1.2  christos 									size);
   3068   1.1.1.2  christos 			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3069   1.1.1.2  christos 			    return false;
   3070   1.1.1.2  christos 			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
   3071   1.1.1.2  christos 			  local_funcdesc += (local_got
   3072   1.1.1.2  christos 					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
   3073   1.1.1.2  christos 			}
   3074   1.1.1.2  christos 		      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
   3075   1.1.1.2  christos 		      ++local_funcdesc;
   3076   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3077   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3078   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   3079   1.1.1.2  christos 		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3080   1.1.1.2  christos 	      ++local_got_type;
   3081   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3082   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3083   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3084   1.1.1.2  christos       local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3085       1.1     skrll       if (local_funcdesc)
   3086   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3087   1.1.1.2  christos 	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
   3088   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3089   1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
   3090   1.1.1.4  christos 	    {
   3091   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
   3092   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3093   1.1.1.2  christos 		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   3094   1.1.1.2  christos 		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   3095   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3096   1.1.1.2  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   3097       1.1     skrll 		  else
   3098       1.1     skrll 		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3099   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3100       1.1     skrll 	      else
   3101       1.1     skrll 		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
   3102       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3103       1.1     skrll 	}
   3104       1.1     skrll 
   3105       1.1     skrll     }
   3106   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3107   1.1.1.6  christos   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   3108   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   3109       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
   3110       1.1     skrll 	 relocs.  */
   3111       1.1     skrll       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
   3112       1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
   3113   1.1.1.2  christos       htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3114   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3115   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   3116   1.1.1.2  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   3117   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3118   1.1.1.6  christos   /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
   3119   1.1.1.2  christos      the end of .got.plt.  */
   3120   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3121       1.1     skrll     {
   3122       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
   3123       1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
   3124       1.1     skrll     }
   3125   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3126   1.1.1.2  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   3127   1.1.1.2  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   3128   1.1.1.2  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   3129   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3130   1.1.1.6  christos   /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
   3131   1.1.1.2  christos      end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
   3132   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3133   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3134   1.1.1.2  christos       htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
   3135   1.1.1.2  christos       htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
   3136   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3137       1.1     skrll 
   3138       1.1     skrll   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   3139   1.1.1.9  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   3140       1.1     skrll     htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3141       1.1     skrll 
   3142       1.1     skrll   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
   3143       1.1     skrll      Allocate memory for them.  */
   3144       1.1     skrll   relocs = false;
   3145   1.1.1.6  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3146   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   3147   1.1.1.6  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3148   1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3149   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3150   1.1.1.9  christos       if (s == htab->root.splt
   3151       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgot
   3152       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgotplt
   3153       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc
   3154       1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->srofixup
   3155   1.1.1.9  christos 	  || s == htab->root.sdynbss)
   3156       1.1     skrll 	{
   3157   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   3158   1.1.1.9  christos 	     comment below.  */
   3159       1.1     skrll 	}
   3160       1.1     skrll       else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
   3161       1.1     skrll 	{
   3162       1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
   3163       1.1     skrll 	    relocs = true;
   3164       1.1     skrll 
   3165       1.1     skrll 	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3166       1.1     skrll 	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3167       1.1     skrll 	  s->reloc_count = 0;
   3168       1.1     skrll 	}
   3169       1.1     skrll       else
   3170       1.1     skrll 	{
   3171       1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3172       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3173       1.1     skrll 	}
   3174       1.1     skrll 
   3175       1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3176       1.1     skrll 	{
   3177       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3178       1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3179       1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3180       1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3181       1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3182       1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3183       1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3184       1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3185       1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3186       1.1     skrll 
   3187       1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3188       1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3189       1.1     skrll 	}
   3190       1.1     skrll 
   3191       1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3192       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3193       1.1     skrll 
   3194       1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
   3195       1.1     skrll 	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
   3196   1.1.1.9  christos 	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
   3197       1.1     skrll 	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
   3198       1.1     skrll 	 of garbage.  */
   3199   1.1.1.9  christos       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3200   1.1.1.9  christos       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3201       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   3202       1.1     skrll     }
   3203   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3204   1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
   3205   1.1.1.2  christos 						  relocs);
   3206   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3207   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3208   1.1.1.2  christos /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
   3210   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3211   1.1.1.2  christos inline static bfd_vma
   3212   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
   3213   1.1.1.2  christos 		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
   3214   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3215   1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3216   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   3217   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3218   1.1.1.2  christos   outrel.r_offset = offset;
   3219   1.1.1.2  christos   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
   3220   1.1.1.2  christos   outrel.r_addend = addend;
   3221   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3222   1.1.1.2  christos   reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3223   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
   3224   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
   3225   1.1.1.2  christos 			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
   3226   1.1.1.2  christos   sreloc->reloc_count++;
   3227   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3228   1.1.1.2  christos   return reloc_offset;
   3229   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3230   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3231   1.1.1.2  christos /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
   3232   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3233   1.1.1.2  christos inline static void
   3234   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
   3235   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3236   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma fixup_offset;
   3237   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3238   1.1.1.2  christos   fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
   3239   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
   3240   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
   3241   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3242   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3243   1.1.1.6  christos /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
   3244   1.1.1.2  christos    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
   3245   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3246   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_signed_vma
   3247   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
   3248   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3249   1.1.1.2  christos   return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
   3250   1.1.1.2  christos 	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   3251   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3252   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3253   1.1.1.3  christos /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
   3254   1.1.1.3  christos    located.  */
   3255   1.1.1.4  christos 
   3256   1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned
   3257   1.1.1.4  christos sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3258   1.1.1.3  christos {
   3259   1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
   3260   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3261   1.1.1.2  christos   if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3262   1.1.1.2  christos       /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
   3263   1.1.1.2  christos       && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
   3264   1.1.1.2  christos     p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
   3265   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3266   1.1.1.9  christos   /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
   3267   1.1.1.2  christos      supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
   3268   1.1.1.2  christos      a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
   3269   1.1.1.2  christos   return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
   3270   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3271   1.1.1.3  christos 
   3272   1.1.1.3  christos static bool
   3273   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3274   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3275   1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
   3276   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3277   1.1.1.9  christos   return (seg != (unsigned) -1
   3278   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
   3279   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3280   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3281   1.1.1.2  christos /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
   3282   1.1.1.2  christos    with any relocations or fixups required.  */
   3283   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   3284   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
   3285   1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3286   1.1.1.2  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3287   1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma offset,
   3288   1.1.1.2  christos 			    asection *section,
   3289   1.1.1.2  christos 			    bfd_vma value)
   3290   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3291   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3292   1.1.1.2  christos   int dynindx;
   3293   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma addr, seg;
   3294   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3295   1.1.1.2  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3296   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3297   1.1.1.2  christos   /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
   3298   1.1.1.2  christos      descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
   3299   1.1.1.2  christos      go in the reloc instead... */
   3300   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3301   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3302   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3303   1.1.1.2  christos       section = h->root.u.def.section;
   3304   1.1.1.2  christos       value = h->root.u.def.value;
   3305   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3306   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3307   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3308   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3309   1.1.1.2  christos       dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
   3310   1.1.1.2  christos       addr = value + section->output_offset;
   3311   1.1.1.2  christos       seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
   3312   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3313   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   3314   1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3315   1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3316   1.1.1.2  christos       dynindx = h->dynindx;
   3317   1.1.1.2  christos       addr = seg = 0;
   3318   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3319   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3320   1.1.1.2  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3321   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3322   1.1.1.2  christos       if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3323   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3324   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3325   1.1.1.2  christos 			      offset
   3326   1.1.1.2  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3327   1.1.1.2  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3328   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3329   1.1.1.2  christos 			      offset + 4
   3330   1.1.1.2  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3331   1.1.1.2  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3332   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3333   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3334   1.1.1.2  christos       /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
   3335   1.1.1.2  christos 	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
   3336   1.1.1.2  christos       addr += section->output_section->vma;
   3337   1.1.1.2  christos       seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   3338   1.1.1.2  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   3339   1.1.1.2  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   3340   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3341   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   3342   1.1.1.2  christos     sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
   3343   1.1.1.2  christos 			  offset
   3344   1.1.1.2  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3345   1.1.1.9  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
   3346   1.1.1.2  christos 			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
   3347   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3348   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
   3349   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
   3350   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3351   1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   3352   1.1.1.2  christos }
   3353   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3354   1.1.1.2  christos /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   3355   1.1.1.2  christos    VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
   3356   1.1.1.2  christos    otherwise.  */
   3357   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3358   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3359   1.1.1.2  christos install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
   3360   1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3361   1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
   3362   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3363   1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned long cur_val;
   3364   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_byte *addr;
   3365   1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3366   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3367   1.1.1.2  christos   if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
   3368   1.1.1.2  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   3369   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3370   1.1.1.2  christos   r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
   3371   1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
   3372   1.1.1.2  christos   if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3373   1.1.1.2  christos     return r;
   3374   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3375   1.1.1.2  christos   addr = contents + offset;
   3376   1.1.1.2  christos   cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
   3377       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
   3378       1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
   3379   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3380       1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3381       1.1     skrll }
   3382       1.1     skrll 
   3383       1.1     skrll /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
   3384       1.1     skrll 
   3385       1.1     skrll static int
   3386       1.1     skrll sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3387       1.1     skrll 			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3388       1.1     skrll 			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3389       1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3390       1.1     skrll 			 asection **local_sections)
   3391   1.1.1.2  christos {
   3392   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3393   1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3394   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3395   1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   3396   1.1.1.9  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3397   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot = NULL;
   3398   1.1.1.9  christos   asection *sgotplt = NULL;
   3399       1.1     skrll   asection *splt = NULL;
   3400   1.1.1.8  christos   asection *sreloc = NULL;
   3401   1.1.1.8  christos   asection *srelgot = NULL;
   3402   1.1.1.8  christos   bool is_vxworks_tls;
   3403   1.1.1.9  christos   unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
   3404   1.1.1.8  christos   bool fdpic_p = false;
   3405       1.1     skrll 
   3406       1.1     skrll   if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
   3407   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3408   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   3409   1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   3410   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   3411   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3412   1.1.1.6  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3413   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   3414   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3415       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   3416       1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   3417       1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   3418       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   3419   1.1.1.2  christos       fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
   3420   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3421   1.1.1.2  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   3422   1.1.1.2  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3423   1.1.1.2  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3424   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3425   1.1.1.2  christos   isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3426   1.1.1.2  christos 					 input_section->output_section);
   3427   1.1.1.2  christos   if (fdpic_p && sgot)
   3428   1.1.1.2  christos     got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3429   1.1.1.2  christos 					  sgot->output_section);
   3430   1.1.1.2  christos   else
   3431   1.1.1.2  christos     got_segment = -1;
   3432       1.1     skrll   if (fdpic_p && splt)
   3433       1.1     skrll     plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3434   1.1.1.9  christos 					  splt->output_section);
   3435       1.1     skrll   else
   3436       1.1     skrll     plt_segment = -1;
   3437       1.1     skrll 
   3438       1.1     skrll   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   3439       1.1     skrll      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   3440       1.1     skrll   is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
   3441       1.1     skrll 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   3442       1.1     skrll 				".tls_vars"));
   3443       1.1     skrll 
   3444       1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3445       1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3446       1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3447       1.1     skrll     {
   3448       1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3449       1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3450       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3451       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3452   1.1.1.3  christos       asection *sec;
   3453   1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3454   1.1.1.9  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3455       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
   3456       1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3457       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma off;
   3458       1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type;
   3459       1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   3460       1.1     skrll       bool resolved_to_zero;
   3461       1.1     skrll 
   3462       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3463       1.1     skrll 
   3464       1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3465       1.1     skrll 
   3466       1.1     skrll       /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
   3467       1.1     skrll 	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
   3468       1.1     skrll       if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
   3469       1.1     skrll 	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   3470       1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3471       1.1     skrll       if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
   3472   1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3473   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3474       1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0
   3475       1.1     skrll 	  || r_type >= R_SH_max
   3476       1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
   3477       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
   3478       1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
   3479       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
   3480   1.1.1.2  christos 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
   3481   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
   3482       1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
   3483       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
   3484   1.1.1.9  christos 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
   3485       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
   3486       1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
   3487       1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
   3488       1.1     skrll 	{
   3489       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3490       1.1     skrll 	  return false;
   3491       1.1     skrll 	}
   3492       1.1     skrll 
   3493       1.1     skrll       howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
   3494   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3495       1.1     skrll       /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
   3496       1.1     skrll 	 the relocation.  */
   3497       1.1     skrll       if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3498   1.1.1.2  christos 	addend = rel->r_addend;
   3499   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3500       1.1     skrll       resolved_to_zero = false;
   3501       1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3502       1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3503       1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3504   1.1.1.2  christos       check_segment[0] = -1;
   3505   1.1.1.2  christos       check_segment[1] = -1;
   3506   1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3507   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3508   1.1.1.8  christos 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3509   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3510       1.1     skrll 
   3511       1.1     skrll 	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3512       1.1     skrll 	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
   3513       1.1     skrll 	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
   3514   1.1.1.3  christos 	    symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
   3515       1.1     skrll 
   3516       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
   3517   1.1.1.4  christos 			+ sec->output_offset
   3518       1.1     skrll 			+ sym->st_value);
   3519       1.1     skrll 
   3520       1.1     skrll 	  if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3521       1.1     skrll 	    /* Handled below.  */
   3522       1.1     skrll 	    ;
   3523       1.1     skrll 	  else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3524       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3525       1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
   3526       1.1     skrll 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
   3527       1.1     skrll 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
   3528       1.1     skrll 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
   3529       1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3530       1.1     skrll 		{
   3531       1.1     skrll 		  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3532       1.1     skrll 		    {
   3533       1.1     skrll 		      /* For relocations with the addend in the
   3534       1.1     skrll 			 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
   3535       1.1     skrll 			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
   3536       1.1     skrll 			 code is mostly for completeness.  */
   3537       1.1     skrll 		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
   3538       1.1     skrll 
   3539       1.1     skrll 		      continue;
   3540       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3541       1.1     skrll 
   3542       1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
   3543       1.1     skrll 		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
   3544       1.1     skrll 		     from the changed location of the section symbol.
   3545       1.1     skrll 		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
   3546       1.1     skrll 		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
   3547       1.1     skrll 		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
   3548       1.1     skrll 		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
   3549       1.1     skrll 		     final link.  */
   3550       1.1     skrll 		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
   3551       1.1     skrll 					      sec->output_offset
   3552       1.1     skrll 					      + sym->st_value,
   3553       1.1     skrll 					      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3554       1.1     skrll 		  goto relocation_done;
   3555       1.1     skrll 		}
   3556       1.1     skrll 
   3557       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3558       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3559       1.1     skrll 	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3560       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3561       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3562       1.1     skrll 	      addend = rel->r_addend;
   3563       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3564       1.1     skrll 	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
   3565   1.1.1.6  christos 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3566   1.1.1.6  christos 	    {
   3567   1.1.1.7  christos 	      asection *msec;
   3568   1.1.1.7  christos 
   3569       1.1     skrll 	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
   3570   1.1.1.7  christos 		{
   3571   1.1.1.9  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3572       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3573       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3574       1.1     skrll 		       "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
   3575       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section,
   3576       1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3577       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   3578       1.1     skrll 		}
   3579       1.1     skrll 
   3580       1.1     skrll 	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3581       1.1     skrll 	      msec = sec;
   3582       1.1     skrll 	      addend =
   3583       1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
   3584       1.1     skrll 		- relocation;
   3585       1.1     skrll 	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
   3586       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3587       1.1     skrll 	      addend = 0;
   3588       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3589       1.1     skrll 	}
   3590   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   3591       1.1     skrll 	{
   3592       1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
   3593   1.1.1.7  christos 
   3594       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = 0;
   3595       1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3596       1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   3597   1.1.1.9  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3598       1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3599   1.1.1.9  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3600       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3601       1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   3602       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3603       1.1     skrll 	      bool dyn;
   3604       1.1     skrll 
   3605       1.1     skrll 	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : false;
   3606       1.1     skrll 	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   3607       1.1     skrll 	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
   3608       1.1     skrll 		 We check specially because in some obscure cases
   3609       1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
   3610       1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
   3611       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
   3612       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
   3613       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
   3614       1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
   3615       1.1     skrll 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
   3616   1.1.1.2  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
   3617   1.1.1.2  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
   3618   1.1.1.2  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
   3619   1.1.1.2  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
   3620   1.1.1.2  christos 		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3621   1.1.1.2  christos 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
   3622       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
   3623       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
   3624       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
   3625       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   3626   1.1.1.4  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   3627   1.1.1.4  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
   3628   1.1.1.4  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
   3629   1.1.1.4  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
   3630       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
   3631       1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
   3632       1.1     skrll 		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3633       1.1     skrll 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3634       1.1     skrll 							  h)
   3635       1.1     skrll 		      && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3636       1.1     skrll 			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3637   1.1.1.4  christos 			  || !h->def_regular))
   3638       1.1     skrll 		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
   3639       1.1     skrll 		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
   3640       1.1     skrll 		     below are those in which we must defer relocation
   3641       1.1     skrll 		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
   3642       1.1     skrll 		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
   3643       1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3644       1.1     skrll 		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3645       1.1     skrll 			  || !h->def_regular)
   3646       1.1     skrll 		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3647       1.1     skrll 			   && !h->forced_local)
   3648       1.1     skrll 			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   3649       1.1     skrll 			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3650       1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3651       1.1     skrll 			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
   3652       1.1     skrll 			     sections against symbols defined externally
   3653       1.1     skrll 			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
   3654       1.1     skrll 			     with them here.  */
   3655       1.1     skrll 			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3656       1.1     skrll 			      && h->def_dynamic)))
   3657       1.1     skrll 		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
   3658   1.1.1.2  christos 		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
   3659   1.1.1.2  christos 		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
   3660       1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3661       1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3662   1.1.1.9  christos 			  && h->def_dynamic))
   3663       1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3664   1.1.1.9  christos 		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   3665   1.1.1.4  christos 			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
   3666   1.1.1.3  christos 		;
   3667   1.1.1.3  christos 	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
   3668   1.1.1.3  christos 		relocation = (h->root.u.def.value
   3669   1.1.1.3  christos 			      + sec->output_section->vma
   3670       1.1     skrll 			      + sec->output_offset);
   3671   1.1.1.6  christos 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3672   1.1.1.6  christos 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3673   1.1.1.7  christos 						    input_section,
   3674   1.1.1.7  christos 						    rel->r_offset)
   3675       1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   3676       1.1     skrll 		{
   3677   1.1.1.7  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3678       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3679       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3680   1.1.1.9  christos 		       "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3681       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   3682       1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   3683       1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3684   1.1.1.6  christos 		     howto->name,
   3685       1.1     skrll 		     h->root.root.string);
   3686       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   3687       1.1     skrll 		}
   3688   1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   3689   1.1.1.9  christos 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3690   1.1.1.9  christos 	    resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
   3691   1.1.1.9  christos 	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3692   1.1.1.9  christos 		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3693   1.1.1.9  christos 	    ;
   3694   1.1.1.9  christos 	  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3695   1.1.1.9  christos             info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
   3696       1.1     skrll 	      (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section,
   3697   1.1.1.3  christos 	       rel->r_offset,
   3698   1.1.1.2  christos 	       (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_DIAGNOSE
   3699   1.1.1.3  christos 		&& !info->warn_unresolved_syms)
   3700       1.1     skrll 	       || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other));
   3701   1.1.1.4  christos         }
   3702       1.1     skrll 
   3703       1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3704   1.1.1.2  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3705   1.1.1.2  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3706   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3707   1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3708   1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3709   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3710   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
   3711   1.1.1.2  christos 	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
   3712   1.1.1.2  christos 	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
   3713   1.1.1.2  christos       check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
   3714       1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL)
   3715       1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3716       1.1     skrll 						   sec->output_section);
   3717       1.1     skrll       else
   3718       1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = -1;
   3719       1.1     skrll 
   3720       1.1     skrll       switch ((int) r_type)
   3721       1.1     skrll 	{
   3722       1.1     skrll 	final_link_relocate:
   3723       1.1     skrll 	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
   3724       1.1     skrll 	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
   3725       1.1     skrll 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   3726       1.1     skrll 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   3727       1.1     skrll 					relocation, addend);
   3728       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3729       1.1     skrll 
   3730       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
   3731       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3732       1.1     skrll 
   3733       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3734       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   3735       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   3736       1.1     skrll 	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
   3737       1.1     skrll 	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
   3738       1.1     skrll 	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
   3739       1.1     skrll 	     against the start of this section, then it's against an
   3740       1.1     skrll 	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
   3741       1.1     skrll 	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
   3742       1.1     skrll 	      != relocation)
   3743       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3744       1.1     skrll 	      int disp = (relocation
   3745       1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_section->vma
   3746       1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_offset
   3747       1.1     skrll 			  - rel->r_offset);
   3748       1.1     skrll 	      int mask = 0;
   3749       1.1     skrll 	      switch (r_type)
   3750       1.1     skrll 		{
   3751       1.1     skrll 		case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3752   1.1.1.6  christos 		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
   3753   1.1.1.6  christos 		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
   3754   1.1.1.7  christos 		default: mask = 0; break;
   3755   1.1.1.7  christos 		}
   3756   1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (disp & mask)
   3757   1.1.1.7  christos 		{
   3758       1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3759   1.1.1.9  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3760       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3761       1.1     skrll 		       "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
   3762       1.1     skrll 		     input_section->owner,
   3763       1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
   3764       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3765       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   3766       1.1     skrll 		}
   3767       1.1     skrll 	      relocation -= 4;
   3768       1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   3769   1.1.1.9  christos 	    }
   3770       1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3771       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3772       1.1     skrll 
   3773       1.1     skrll 	default:
   3774       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3775       1.1     skrll 	  return false;
   3776       1.1     skrll 
   3777       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR16:
   3778       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8:
   3779       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8U:
   3780       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8S:
   3781       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR4U:
   3782   1.1.1.6  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3783   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3784   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8UL:
   3785   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_DIR4UL:
   3786   1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (relocation & 3)
   3787   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   3788       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3789   1.1.1.9  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3790       1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3791       1.1     skrll 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
   3792       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3793       1.1     skrll 		 howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
   3794       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3795       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   3796       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3797       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3798   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3799   1.1.1.6  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8UW:
   3800   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8SW:
   3801   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_DIR4UW:
   3802   1.1.1.6  christos 	  if (relocation & 1)
   3803   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   3804   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3805       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3806   1.1.1.9  christos 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3807       1.1     skrll 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
   3808       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3809       1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   3810       1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) relocation);
   3811       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3812       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   3813       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3814   1.1.1.6  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3815   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3816   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_PSHA:
   3817   1.1.1.7  christos 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32
   3818   1.1.1.6  christos 	      || (signed int)relocation > 32)
   3819   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   3820   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3821       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3822   1.1.1.9  christos 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
   3823       1.1     skrll 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3824       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3825       1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3826       1.1     skrll 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3827       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3828       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   3829       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3830   1.1.1.6  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3831   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3832   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_PSHL:
   3833   1.1.1.7  christos 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16
   3834   1.1.1.6  christos 	      || (signed int)relocation > 16)
   3835   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   3836   1.1.1.7  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3837       1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3838   1.1.1.9  christos 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
   3839       1.1     skrll 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3840       1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3841       1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3842       1.1     skrll 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3843       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3844   1.1.1.4  christos 	      return false;
   3845       1.1     skrll 	    }
   3846   1.1.1.6  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3847   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3848       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   3849   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_REL32:
   3850       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3851       1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   3852       1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3853       1.1     skrll 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   3854       1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3855       1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3856       1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3857   1.1.1.9  christos 	      && !is_vxworks_tls
   3858       1.1     skrll 	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3859       1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3860       1.1     skrll 	    {
   3861       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3862       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3863       1.1     skrll 	      bool skip, relocate;
   3864       1.1     skrll 
   3865   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3866   1.1.1.9  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3867   1.1.1.2  christos 		 time.  */
   3868   1.1.1.9  christos 
   3869       1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3870       1.1     skrll 		{
   3871   1.1.1.9  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   3872   1.1.1.9  christos 		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
   3873       1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3874       1.1     skrll 		    return false;
   3875       1.1     skrll 		}
   3876       1.1     skrll 
   3877       1.1     skrll 	      skip = false;
   3878   1.1.1.9  christos 	      relocate = false;
   3879       1.1     skrll 
   3880   1.1.1.9  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   3881       1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   3882       1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   3883       1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   3884       1.1     skrll 		skip = true;
   3885       1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   3886       1.1     skrll 		skip = true, relocate = true;
   3887       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   3888       1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   3889       1.1     skrll 
   3890       1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   3891       1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   3892       1.1     skrll 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   3893       1.1     skrll 		{
   3894       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
   3895   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
   3896   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend
   3897   1.1.1.2  christos 		    = (howto->partial_inplace
   3898   1.1.1.2  christos 		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3899   1.1.1.2  christos 		       : addend);
   3900   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3901   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else if (fdpic_p
   3902   1.1.1.2  christos 		       && (h == NULL
   3903   1.1.1.2  christos 			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   3904   1.1.1.2  christos 			       && h->def_regular)))
   3905   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3906   1.1.1.2  christos 		  int dynindx;
   3907   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3908   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
   3909   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
   3910   1.1.1.2  christos 		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   3911   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   3912   1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3913       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   3914       1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   3915       1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3916       1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   3917       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   3918       1.1     skrll 		}
   3919       1.1     skrll 	      else
   3920       1.1     skrll 		{
   3921       1.1     skrll 		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
   3922       1.1     skrll 		     become local.  */
   3923       1.1     skrll 		  if (h == NULL
   3924       1.1     skrll 		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   3925       1.1     skrll 			  && h->def_regular))
   3926       1.1     skrll 		    {
   3927       1.1     skrll 		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
   3928       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   3929       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3930       1.1     skrll 		  else
   3931       1.1     skrll 		    {
   3932       1.1     skrll 		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3933       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   3934       1.1     skrll 		    }
   3935       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3936       1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   3937       1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   3938       1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   3939       1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   3940   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3941   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3942       1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   3943       1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3944       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   3945       1.1     skrll 
   3946       1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3947       1.1     skrll 
   3948       1.1     skrll 	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
   3949   1.1.1.4  christos 		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
   3950   1.1.1.2  christos 		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
   3951   1.1.1.2  christos 		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
   3952   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (! relocate)
   3953   1.1.1.2  christos 		continue;
   3954   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3955   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   3956   1.1.1.2  christos 		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3957   1.1.1.2  christos 		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   3958   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3959   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   3960   1.1.1.6  christos 
   3961   1.1.1.6  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   3962   1.1.1.7  christos 
   3963   1.1.1.7  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   3964   1.1.1.2  christos 					    input_section->output_section))
   3965   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3966   1.1.1.7  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   3967   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   3968   1.1.1.9  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3969   1.1.1.2  christos 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   3970   1.1.1.2  christos 		       input_bfd,
   3971   1.1.1.2  christos 		       input_section,
   3972   1.1.1.2  christos 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3973   1.1.1.2  christos 		       symname);
   3974   1.1.1.2  christos 		    return false;
   3975   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3976   1.1.1.2  christos 
   3977   1.1.1.2  christos 	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3978   1.1.1.2  christos 						input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3979   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   3980   1.1.1.2  christos 		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3981   1.1.1.4  christos 				    input_section->output_section->vma
   3982   1.1.1.4  christos 				    + input_section->output_offset
   3983   1.1.1.4  christos 				    + rel->r_offset);
   3984   1.1.1.4  christos 
   3985   1.1.1.4  christos 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3986   1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   3987       1.1     skrll 	    /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
   3988       1.1     skrll 	       symbols.  */
   3989       1.1     skrll 	    else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   3990       1.1     skrll 		     && h
   3991       1.1     skrll 		     && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3992       1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   3993       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3994       1.1     skrll 
   3995   1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   3996       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3997       1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3998       1.1     skrll 
   3999       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   4000       1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   4001       1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4002       1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   4003       1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4004       1.1     skrll 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   4005   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4006       1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   4007       1.1     skrll 
   4008       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4009       1.1     skrll 	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
   4010       1.1     skrll 
   4011       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4012       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4013       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
   4014       1.1     skrll 			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
   4015       1.1     skrll 			   + 3) * 4);
   4016       1.1     skrll 
   4017       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4018       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4019   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4020       1.1     skrll 
   4021       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4022       1.1     skrll 
   4023   1.1.1.2  christos 	force_got:
   4024       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   4025   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   4026       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4027       1.1     skrll 	     offset table.  */
   4028       1.1     skrll 
   4029   1.1.1.9  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4030       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4031       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4032       1.1     skrll 
   4033       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4034       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4035   1.1.1.4  christos 	      bool dyn;
   4036   1.1.1.4  christos 
   4037   1.1.1.4  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   4038   1.1.1.4  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4039       1.1     skrll 
   4040   1.1.1.6  christos 	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   4041   1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   4042       1.1     skrll 						     bfd_link_pic (info),
   4043       1.1     skrll 						     h)
   4044       1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4045       1.1     skrll 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4046       1.1     skrll 		  || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   4047       1.1     skrll 		       || resolved_to_zero)
   4048       1.1     skrll 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4049       1.1     skrll 		{
   4050       1.1     skrll 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   4051       1.1     skrll 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4052       1.1     skrll 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   4053       1.1     skrll 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   4054       1.1     skrll 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   4055       1.1     skrll 		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   4056       1.1     skrll 		     least significant bit to record whether we have
   4057       1.1     skrll 		     initialized it already.
   4058       1.1     skrll 
   4059       1.1     skrll 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   4060       1.1     skrll 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   4061       1.1     skrll 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   4062   1.1.1.7  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4063   1.1.1.2  christos 		    off &= ~1;
   4064   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   4065   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   4066   1.1.1.4  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4067   1.1.1.2  christos 				  sgot->contents + off);
   4068   1.1.1.2  christos 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   4069   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4070   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
   4071   1.1.1.2  christos 			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
   4072   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4073   1.1.1.2  christos 			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   4074       1.1     skrll 			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4075       1.1     skrll 			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4076       1.1     skrll 			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4077   1.1.1.2  christos 					    sgot->output_section->vma
   4078       1.1     skrll 					    + sgot->output_offset
   4079       1.1     skrll 					    + off);
   4080       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4081       1.1     skrll 		}
   4082       1.1     skrll 
   4083       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4084       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4085       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4086       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4087       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   4088       1.1     skrll 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4089       1.1     skrll 
   4090       1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4091       1.1     skrll 
   4092       1.1     skrll 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   4093       1.1     skrll 		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
   4094       1.1     skrll 		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   4095   1.1.1.4  christos 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4096       1.1     skrll 		off &= ~1;
   4097       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4098       1.1     skrll 		{
   4099       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   4100       1.1     skrll 
   4101       1.1     skrll 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4102       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4103   1.1.1.2  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4104   1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   4105   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4106   1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4107   1.1.1.2  christos 					 + sgot->output_offset
   4108   1.1.1.2  christos 					 + off);
   4109   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (fdpic_p)
   4110   1.1.1.2  christos 			{
   4111   1.1.1.2  christos 			  int dynindx
   4112   1.1.1.2  christos 			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4113   1.1.1.2  christos 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4114   1.1.1.2  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4115   1.1.1.2  christos 			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4116       1.1     skrll 			}
   4117       1.1     skrll 		      else
   4118       1.1     skrll 			{
   4119       1.1     skrll 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4120   1.1.1.2  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4121   1.1.1.2  christos 			}
   4122   1.1.1.2  christos 		      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4123   1.1.1.2  christos 		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4124   1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4125   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   4126   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else if (fdpic_p
   4127       1.1     skrll 			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
   4128   1.1.1.7  christos 			       == GOT_NORMAL))
   4129       1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4130       1.1     skrll 					sgot->output_section->vma
   4131   1.1.1.2  christos 					+ sgot->output_offset
   4132       1.1     skrll 					+ off);
   4133       1.1     skrll 
   4134       1.1     skrll 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4135       1.1     skrll 		}
   4136       1.1     skrll 
   4137       1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4138   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4139   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4140   1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4141   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4142   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4143   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4144   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
   4145   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4146   1.1.1.2  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4147       1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4148       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4149   1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4150   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4151   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4152   1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4153   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4154   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   4155   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   4156   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
   4157   1.1.1.2  christos 	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
   4158   1.1.1.2  christos 	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
   4159       1.1     skrll 	     descriptors in front of it.  */
   4160       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4161       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4162       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = got_segment;
   4163       1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
   4164       1.1     skrll 	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   4165       1.1     skrll 
   4166   1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4167   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4168   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4169   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4170   1.1.1.2  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4171   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4172   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
   4173   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4174   1.1.1.2  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4175       1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4176       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4177       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4178       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4179   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4180   1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4181       1.1     skrll 
   4182       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPC:
   4183       1.1     skrll 	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
   4184       1.1     skrll 
   4185       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4186       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   4187       1.1     skrll 
   4188       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4189       1.1     skrll 	  relocation += GOT_BIAS;
   4190       1.1     skrll #endif
   4191       1.1     skrll 
   4192       1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4193       1.1     skrll 
   4194       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4195       1.1     skrll 
   4196       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   4197       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4198       1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4199   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4200   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
   4201   1.1.1.2  christos 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   4202   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   4203   1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4204   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4205   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
   4206       1.1     skrll 	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
   4207       1.1     skrll 	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
   4208       1.1     skrll 	     behavior.  */
   4209       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4210       1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4211       1.1     skrll 
   4212       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   4213       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4214       1.1     skrll 
   4215       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4216       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4217       1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   4218   1.1.1.2  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   4219       1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   4220       1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4221       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4222       1.1     skrll 
   4223       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4224       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
   4225       1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   4226       1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   4227   1.1.1.2  christos 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4228   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4229   1.1.1.2  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4230   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4231   1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4232   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4233   1.1.1.2  christos 	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
   4234   1.1.1.2  christos 	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
   4235   1.1.1.2  christos 	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
   4236   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   4237   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   4238   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   4239   1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4240   1.1.1.2  christos 	    int dynindx = -1;
   4241   1.1.1.2  christos 	    asection *reloc_section;
   4242   1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   4243   1.1.1.2  christos 	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
   4244   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4245   1.1.1.2  christos 	    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4246   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4247   1.1.1.2  christos 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4248   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4249   1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
   4250   1.1.1.2  christos 	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
   4251   1.1.1.2  christos 	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
   4252   1.1.1.2  christos 	       does.  */
   4253   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4254   1.1.1.2  christos 	    relocation = 0;
   4255   1.1.1.2  christos 	    addend = 0;
   4256   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4257   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4258   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4259   1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_section = input_section;
   4260   1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
   4261   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4262   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4263   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4264   1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_section = sgot;
   4265   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4266   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4267   1.1.1.2  christos 		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
   4268   1.1.1.2  christos 		else
   4269   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4270   1.1.1.2  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   4271   1.1.1.2  christos 		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4272   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4273   1.1.1.2  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4274   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4275   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (reloc_offset & 1)
   4276   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4277   1.1.1.2  christos 		    reloc_offset &= ~1;
   4278   1.1.1.2  christos 		    goto funcdesc_done_got;
   4279   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4280   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4281   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4282   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4283   1.1.1.2  christos 		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4284   1.1.1.2  christos 		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
   4285   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
   4286   1.1.1.2  christos 		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
   4287   1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4288   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4289   1.1.1.2  christos 		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4290   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4291   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
   4292   1.1.1.2  christos 		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
   4293   1.1.1.2  christos 		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
   4294   1.1.1.2  christos 		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
   4295   1.1.1.2  christos 		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
   4296   1.1.1.2  christos 		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
   4297   1.1.1.2  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
   4298   1.1.1.2  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4299   1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4300   1.1.1.2  christos 		  + h->root.u.def.value;
   4301   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4302   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4303   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4304   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
   4305   1.1.1.2  christos 		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
   4306   1.1.1.2  christos 		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
   4307   1.1.1.2  christos 		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
   4308   1.1.1.2  christos 		   descriptor.  */
   4309   1.1.1.2  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4310   1.1.1.2  christos 		dynindx = h->dynindx;
   4311   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4312   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4313   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4314   1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4315   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4316   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4317   1.1.1.2  christos 		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4318   1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
   4319   1.1.1.2  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
   4320   1.1.1.2  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4321   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4322   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h)
   4323   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4324   1.1.1.9  christos 		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4325   1.1.1.2  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4326   1.1.1.2  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4327   1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   4328   1.1.1.2  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4329   1.1.1.2  christos 							 offset, NULL, 0))
   4330   1.1.1.2  christos 			  return false;
   4331   1.1.1.2  christos 			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4332   1.1.1.2  christos 		      }
   4333   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4334   1.1.1.2  christos 		else
   4335   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4336   1.1.1.2  christos 		    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4337   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4338   1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4339   1.1.1.2  christos 		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4340   1.1.1.9  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4341   1.1.1.2  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4342   1.1.1.2  christos 		      {
   4343   1.1.1.2  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4344   1.1.1.2  christos 							 offset, sec,
   4345   1.1.1.2  christos 							 sym->st_value))
   4346   1.1.1.2  christos 			  return false;
   4347   1.1.1.2  christos 			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4348   1.1.1.4  christos 		      }
   4349   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4350   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4351   1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4352   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4353   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4354   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4355   1.1.1.6  christos 	      {
   4356   1.1.1.6  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4357   1.1.1.7  christos 
   4358   1.1.1.7  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4359   1.1.1.2  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4360   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4361   1.1.1.7  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4362   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4363   1.1.1.9  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4364   1.1.1.2  christos 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4365   1.1.1.2  christos 		       input_bfd,
   4366   1.1.1.2  christos 		       input_section,
   4367   1.1.1.2  christos 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4368   1.1.1.2  christos 		       symname);
   4369   1.1.1.2  christos 		    return false;
   4370   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4371   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4372   1.1.1.2  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4373   1.1.1.2  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4374   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4375   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4376   1.1.1.2  christos 		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4377   1.1.1.2  christos 				      offset
   4378   1.1.1.2  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4379   1.1.1.2  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_offset);
   4380   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4381   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
   4382   1.1.1.2  christos 		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   4383   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4384   1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4385   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4386   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4387   1.1.1.9  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4388   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4389   1.1.1.2  christos 		    info->callbacks->warning
   4390   1.1.1.2  christos 		      (info,
   4391   1.1.1.2  christos 		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
   4392   1.1.1.2  christos 		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4393   1.1.1.2  christos 		    return false;
   4394   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4395   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4396   1.1.1.2  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4397   1.1.1.2  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4398   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4399   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4400   1.1.1.2  christos 		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
   4401   1.1.1.2  christos 					offset
   4402   1.1.1.2  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4403   1.1.1.2  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_offset,
   4404   1.1.1.2  christos 					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
   4405   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4406   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4407   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4408   1.1.1.2  christos 		    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4409   1.1.1.2  christos 		    break;
   4410   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4411   1.1.1.2  christos 		else
   4412   1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   4413   1.1.1.2  christos 		    relocation = 0;
   4414   1.1.1.2  christos 		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4415   1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   4416   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4417   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4418   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4419   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
   4420   1.1.1.2  christos 	  funcdesc_leave_zero:
   4421   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4422   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4423   1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4424   1.1.1.2  christos 			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
   4425   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4426   1.1.1.2  christos 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   4427   1.1.1.2  christos 		else
   4428   1.1.1.2  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4429   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4430   1.1.1.2  christos 	      funcdesc_done_got:
   4431   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4432   1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
   4433   1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4434   1.1.1.2  christos 		relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4435   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4436   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4437   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
   4438   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   4439   1.1.1.2  christos 		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4440   1.1.1.2  christos 					  input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4441   1.1.1.2  christos 					  rel->r_offset);
   4442   1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   4443   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4444   1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4445   1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4446   1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   4447   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4448   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4449   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   4450   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   4451   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
   4452   1.1.1.2  christos 	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
   4453   1.1.1.2  christos 	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   4454   1.1.1.2  christos 	     for them.  */
   4455   1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4456   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4457   1.1.1.2  christos 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4458   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = 0;
   4459   1.1.1.6  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4460   1.1.1.7  christos 
   4461   1.1.1.7  christos 	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4462   1.1.1.7  christos 		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4463   1.1.1.7  christos 	    {
   4464   1.1.1.9  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4465   1.1.1.2  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4466   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4467   1.1.1.2  christos 		   "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
   4468   1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4469   1.1.1.2  christos 		 howto->name, h->root.root.string);
   4470   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   4471   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4472   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4473   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4474   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4475   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4476   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4477   1.1.1.2  christos 		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4478   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h)
   4479   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4480   1.1.1.9  christos 		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4481   1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4482   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4483   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   4484   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4485   1.1.1.2  christos 						       offset, NULL, 0))
   4486   1.1.1.2  christos 			return false;
   4487   1.1.1.2  christos 		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4488   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   4489   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4490   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   4491   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4492   1.1.1.2  christos 		  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4493   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4494   1.1.1.2  christos 		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4495   1.1.1.2  christos 		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4496   1.1.1.9  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4497   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4498   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   4499   1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4500   1.1.1.2  christos 						       offset, sec,
   4501   1.1.1.2  christos 						       sym->st_value))
   4502   1.1.1.2  christos 			return false;
   4503   1.1.1.2  christos 		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4504   1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   4505   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4506   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4507   1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4508   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4509   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4510   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   4511   1.1.1.2  christos 			 + sgotplt->output_offset);
   4512   1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4513   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4514   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4515   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4516   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
   4517   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4518   1.1.1.2  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4519   1.1.1.2  christos 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4520       1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4521       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4522       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4523       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4524       1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4525       1.1     skrll 
   4526       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_START:
   4527       1.1     skrll 	  {
   4528       1.1     skrll 	    static bfd_vma start, end;
   4529       1.1     skrll 
   4530       1.1     skrll 	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4531       1.1     skrll 		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4532       1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4533       1.1     skrll 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4534       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   4535       1.1     skrll 
   4536       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_END:
   4537       1.1     skrll 	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4538       1.1     skrll 		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4539       1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4540   1.1.1.2  christos 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4541   1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   4542       1.1     skrll 	  }
   4543   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4544       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   4545   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   4546       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4547       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4548   1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   4549   1.1.1.4  christos 	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   4550       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   4551       1.1     skrll 	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   4552       1.1     skrll 	  else if (h != NULL)
   4553       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4554       1.1     skrll 	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   4555   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4556       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->dynindx == -1
   4557       1.1     skrll 		      || h->def_regular))
   4558       1.1     skrll 		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   4559       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4560       1.1     skrll 
   4561       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   4562       1.1     skrll 	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   4563       1.1     skrll 
   4564       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
   4565       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4566       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4567       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   4568       1.1     skrll 
   4569       1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4570       1.1     skrll 		{
   4571       1.1     skrll 		  /* GD->LE transition:
   4572       1.1     skrll 		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4573       1.1     skrll 		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4574       1.1     skrll 		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4575   1.1.1.8  christos 		     We change it into:
   4576   1.1.1.8  christos 		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
   4577   1.1.1.8  christos 		       nop; nop; ...
   4578   1.1.1.8  christos 		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
   4579   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4580   1.1.1.8  christos 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4581   1.1.1.9  christos 		  if (offset < 16)
   4582   1.1.1.8  christos 		    {
   4583   1.1.1.8  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4584       1.1     skrll 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4585       1.1     skrll 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4586       1.1     skrll 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4587       1.1     skrll 		      return false;
   4588       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4589       1.1     skrll 
   4590       1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4591       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 16;
   4592       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4593       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4594   1.1.1.8  christos 		    {
   4595   1.1.1.8  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4596   1.1.1.8  christos 		      offset -= 2;
   4597   1.1.1.8  christos 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4598   1.1.1.8  christos 		    }
   4599   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4600       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
   4601   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4602   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */
   4603   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
   4604   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4605   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4606   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4607   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4608       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
   4609   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4610   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4611   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
   4612   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4613   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4614   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4615       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
   4616   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4617   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4618   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
   4619   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4620   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4621   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4622       1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x310c)
   4623   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4624   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4625   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
   4626   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4627   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4628   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4629       1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x410b)
   4630   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4631   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4632   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
   4633   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4634   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4635       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4636       1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x34cc)
   4637       1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4638       1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4639       1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
   4640       1.1     skrll 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4641       1.1     skrll 
   4642       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
   4643       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
   4644   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   4645       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4646       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4647   1.1.1.8  christos 		}
   4648   1.1.1.8  christos 	      else
   4649   1.1.1.8  christos 		{
   4650   1.1.1.8  christos 		  int target;
   4651   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4652   1.1.1.8  christos 		  /* IE->LE transition:
   4653   1.1.1.8  christos 		         mov.l 1f,r0;
   4654   1.1.1.8  christos 		         stc gbr,rN;
   4655       1.1     skrll 		         mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
   4656   1.1.1.8  christos 		         bra 2f;
   4657   1.1.1.8  christos 		         add ...;
   4658   1.1.1.8  christos 		         .align 2;
   4659   1.1.1.8  christos 		       1: x@GOTTPOFF;
   4660   1.1.1.8  christos 		       2:
   4661   1.1.1.8  christos 		     We change it into:
   4662       1.1     skrll 		         mov.l .Ln,rM;
   4663       1.1     skrll 			 stc gbr,rN;
   4664   1.1.1.8  christos 			 nop;
   4665   1.1.1.8  christos 			 ...;
   4666   1.1.1.8  christos 		       1: x@TPOFF;
   4667   1.1.1.8  christos 		       2:.  */
   4668   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4669   1.1.1.8  christos 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4670   1.1.1.9  christos 		  if (offset < 16)
   4671   1.1.1.8  christos 		    {
   4672   1.1.1.8  christos 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4673       1.1     skrll 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4674       1.1     skrll 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4675       1.1     skrll 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4676       1.1     skrll 		      return false;
   4677       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4678       1.1     skrll 
   4679       1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
   4680       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 10;
   4681       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4682       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
   4683   1.1.1.8  christos 		    {
   4684   1.1.1.8  christos 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4685   1.1.1.8  christos 		      offset -= 2;
   4686   1.1.1.8  christos 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4687   1.1.1.8  christos 		    }
   4688   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4689   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
   4690   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4691       1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4692   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
   4693   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4694   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4695   1.1.1.8  christos 		  target = insn & 0x00ff;
   4696   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4697   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4698       1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
   4699   1.1.1.8  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4700   1.1.1.8  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4701   1.1.1.8  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
   4702   1.1.1.8  christos 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
   4703   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4704   1.1.1.8  christos 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4705   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
   4706       1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4707       1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4708       1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
   4709       1.1     skrll 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
   4710       1.1     skrll 
   4711       1.1     skrll 		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
   4712       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
   4713       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   4714       1.1     skrll 		}
   4715   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4716       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4717       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4718       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4719       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4720       1.1     skrll 
   4721       1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   4722       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   4723       1.1     skrll 
   4724       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4725       1.1     skrll 	    off = h->got.offset;
   4726       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4727       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4728       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   4729       1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   4730       1.1     skrll 
   4731       1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4732       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4733       1.1     skrll 
   4734       1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
   4735   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   4736       1.1     skrll 	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   4737       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4738       1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   4739       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4740       1.1     skrll 			  sgot->contents + off);
   4741       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4742       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4743       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4744       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4745       1.1     skrll 
   4746       1.1     skrll 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4747       1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   4748       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4749       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4750       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4751       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4752       1.1     skrll 	      int dr_type, indx;
   4753       1.1     skrll 
   4754       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4755       1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   4756       1.1     skrll 
   4757       1.1     skrll 	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   4758       1.1     skrll 		indx = 0;
   4759       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4760       1.1     skrll 		indx = h->dynindx;
   4761       1.1     skrll 
   4762       1.1     skrll 	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
   4763       1.1     skrll 			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   4764       1.1     skrll 	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
   4765       1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4766       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4767       1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4768       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
   4769       1.1     skrll 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4770       1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4771       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4772       1.1     skrll 
   4773       1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4774       1.1     skrll 		{
   4775       1.1     skrll 		  if (indx == 0)
   4776       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4777       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4778       1.1     skrll 				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   4779       1.1     skrll 				  sgot->contents + off + 4);
   4780       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4781       1.1     skrll 		  else
   4782       1.1     skrll 		    {
   4783       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
   4784       1.1     skrll 						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   4785       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_offset += 4;
   4786       1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4787       1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4788       1.1     skrll 		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4789       1.1     skrll 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4790       1.1     skrll 		    }
   4791       1.1     skrll 		}
   4792       1.1     skrll 
   4793       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   4794       1.1     skrll 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   4795       1.1     skrll 	      else
   4796       1.1     skrll 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4797   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4798       1.1     skrll 
   4799       1.1     skrll 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   4800       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   4801       1.1     skrll 
   4802       1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   4803       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4804       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4805       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4806       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4807       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   4808       1.1     skrll 
   4809       1.1     skrll 	      /* GD->IE transition:
   4810       1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4811       1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4812       1.1     skrll 		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4813   1.1.1.8  christos 		 We change it into:
   4814   1.1.1.8  christos 		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
   4815   1.1.1.8  christos 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4816   1.1.1.8  christos 		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
   4817   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4818   1.1.1.8  christos 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   4819   1.1.1.9  christos 	      if (offset < 16)
   4820   1.1.1.8  christos 		{
   4821   1.1.1.8  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4822       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4823       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4824       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4825       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   4826       1.1     skrll 		}
   4827       1.1     skrll 
   4828       1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4829       1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   4830       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4831       1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4832       1.1     skrll 		{
   4833       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4834       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   4835       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4836       1.1     skrll 		}
   4837       1.1     skrll 
   4838       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   4839       1.1     skrll 
   4840       1.1     skrll 	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
   4841       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
   4842       1.1     skrll 
   4843       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4844       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   4845       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4846       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   4847       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4848       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   4849       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4850       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   4851       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4852       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   4853       1.1     skrll 
   4854   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
   4855       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
   4856       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
   4857       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4858       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4859       1.1     skrll 
   4860       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4861       1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4862       1.1     skrll 
   4863       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4864       1.1     skrll 	  }
   4865   1.1.1.2  christos 
   4866   1.1.1.2  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4867   1.1.1.4  christos 
   4868       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4869       1.1     skrll 
   4870       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   4871       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4872       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4873       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   4874       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4875       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4876       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   4877       1.1     skrll 
   4878       1.1     skrll 	      /* LD->LE transition:
   4879       1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4880       1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4881   1.1.1.8  christos 		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4882   1.1.1.8  christos 		 We change it into:
   4883   1.1.1.8  christos 		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
   4884   1.1.1.8  christos 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
   4885   1.1.1.8  christos 
   4886   1.1.1.8  christos 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   4887   1.1.1.9  christos 	      if (offset < 16)
   4888   1.1.1.8  christos 		{
   4889   1.1.1.8  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4890       1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4891       1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4892       1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4893       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   4894       1.1     skrll 		}
   4895       1.1     skrll 
   4896       1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4897       1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   4898       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4899       1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4900       1.1     skrll 		{
   4901       1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4902       1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   4903       1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4904       1.1     skrll 		}
   4905       1.1     skrll 
   4906       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   4907       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4908       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   4909       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4910       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   4911       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4912       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   4913       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4914       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   4915       1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4916       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   4917       1.1     skrll 
   4918       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
   4919       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
   4920       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   4921       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   4922   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4923       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4924       1.1     skrll 
   4925       1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4926       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4927       1.1     skrll 
   4928       1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   4929       1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   4930       1.1     skrll 
   4931       1.1     skrll 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   4932       1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 1)
   4933       1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   4934       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4935       1.1     skrll 	    {
   4936       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4937       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4938       1.1     skrll 
   4939       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4940       1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   4941       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4942       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4943   1.1.1.2  christos 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4944       1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4945       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4946       1.1     skrll 	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   4947       1.1     skrll 	    }
   4948       1.1     skrll 
   4949   1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4950   1.1.1.4  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4951       1.1     skrll 
   4952       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4953       1.1     skrll 
   4954       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   4955       1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4956       1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   4957       1.1     skrll 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4958       1.1     skrll 	  else
   4959       1.1     skrll 	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   4960       1.1     skrll 
   4961       1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4962       1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4963       1.1     skrll 
   4964   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   4965   1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   4966   1.1.1.4  christos 	    int indx;
   4967       1.1     skrll 	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4968       1.1     skrll 	    bfd_byte *loc;
   4969       1.1     skrll 
   4970       1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4971       1.1     skrll 
   4972       1.1     skrll 	    if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
   4973       1.1     skrll 	      {
   4974       1.1     skrll 		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   4975   1.1.1.2  christos 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   4976   1.1.1.9  christos 		goto final_link_relocate;
   4977   1.1.1.2  christos 	      }
   4978   1.1.1.9  christos 
   4979       1.1     skrll 	    if (sreloc == NULL)
   4980       1.1     skrll 	      {
   4981       1.1     skrll 		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   4982       1.1     skrll 		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ true);
   4983       1.1     skrll 		if (sreloc == NULL)
   4984       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   4985       1.1     skrll 	      }
   4986       1.1     skrll 
   4987       1.1     skrll 	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   4988       1.1     skrll 	      indx = 0;
   4989       1.1     skrll 	    else
   4990       1.1     skrll 	      indx = h->dynindx;
   4991       1.1     skrll 
   4992       1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   4993       1.1     skrll 			       + input_section->output_offset
   4994       1.1     skrll 			       + rel->r_offset);
   4995       1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   4996       1.1     skrll 	    if (indx == 0)
   4997       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4998       1.1     skrll 	    else
   4999       1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5000       1.1     skrll 
   5001       1.1     skrll 	    loc = sreloc->contents;
   5002       1.1     skrll 	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5003   1.1.1.2  christos 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5004   1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   5005   1.1.1.2  christos 	  }
   5006   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   5007   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5008   1.1.1.2  christos     relocation_done:
   5009   1.1.1.4  christos       if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
   5010   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
   5011   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5012   1.1.1.6  christos 	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
   5013  1.1.1.10  christos 	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   5014   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5015   1.1.1.9  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5016   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   5017   1.1.1.2  christos 		  info->callbacks->einfo
   5018   1.1.1.2  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   5019   1.1.1.6  christos 		    (_("%X%H: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5020  1.1.1.10  christos 		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5021   1.1.1.2  christos 		  return false;
   5022   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   5023   1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   5024   1.1.1.4  christos 		info->callbacks->einfo
   5025   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   5026   1.1.1.2  christos 		  (_("%H: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5027       1.1     skrll 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5028       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5029       1.1     skrll 
   5030       1.1     skrll 	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
   5031       1.1     skrll 	}
   5032       1.1     skrll 
   5033       1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   5034       1.1     skrll 	{
   5035       1.1     skrll 	  switch (r)
   5036       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5037       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5038       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   5039       1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   5040       1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   5041       1.1     skrll 	      {
   5042       1.1     skrll 		const char *name;
   5043       1.1     skrll 
   5044       1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL)
   5045   1.1.1.9  christos 		  name = NULL;
   5046       1.1     skrll 		else
   5047   1.1.1.8  christos 		  {
   5048       1.1     skrll 		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   5049   1.1.1.5  christos 			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   5050   1.1.1.5  christos 		    if (name == NULL)
   5051   1.1.1.5  christos 		      return false;
   5052       1.1     skrll 		    if (*name == '\0')
   5053       1.1     skrll 		      name = bfd_section_name (sec);
   5054       1.1     skrll 		  }
   5055       1.1     skrll 		(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   5056       1.1     skrll 		  (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   5057       1.1     skrll 		   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   5058   1.1.1.9  christos 	      }
   5059       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5060       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5061       1.1     skrll 	}
   5062       1.1     skrll     }
   5063       1.1     skrll 
   5064       1.1     skrll   return true;
   5065       1.1     skrll }
   5066       1.1     skrll 
   5067       1.1     skrll /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
   5068       1.1     skrll    which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
   5069   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5070       1.1     skrll static bfd_byte *
   5071       1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
   5072       1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   5073       1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
   5074       1.1     skrll 				       bfd_byte *data,
   5075       1.1     skrll 				       bool relocatable,
   5076       1.1     skrll 				       asymbol **symbols)
   5077       1.1     skrll {
   5078       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5079       1.1     skrll   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
   5080       1.1     skrll   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   5081       1.1     skrll   asection **sections = NULL;
   5082       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   5083       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   5084       1.1     skrll 
   5085       1.1     skrll   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
   5086       1.1     skrll      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
   5087       1.1     skrll   if (relocatable
   5088       1.1     skrll       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
   5089       1.1     skrll     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
   5090  1.1.1.10  christos 						       link_order, data,
   5091  1.1.1.10  christos 						       relocatable,
   5092  1.1.1.10  christos 						       symbols);
   5093  1.1.1.10  christos 
   5094  1.1.1.10  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   5095  1.1.1.10  christos 
   5096  1.1.1.10  christos   bfd_byte *orig_data = data;
   5097       1.1     skrll   if (data == NULL)
   5098       1.1     skrll     {
   5099       1.1     skrll       data = bfd_malloc (input_section->size);
   5100       1.1     skrll       if (data == NULL)
   5101       1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   5102       1.1     skrll     }
   5103       1.1     skrll   memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
   5104       1.1     skrll 	  (size_t) input_section->size);
   5105       1.1     skrll 
   5106       1.1     skrll   if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
   5107       1.1     skrll       && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
   5108       1.1     skrll     {
   5109   1.1.1.9  christos       asection **secpp;
   5110       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
   5111       1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type amt;
   5112       1.1     skrll 
   5113       1.1     skrll       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   5114       1.1     skrll 			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
   5115       1.1     skrll 			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, false));
   5116       1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   5117       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5118       1.1     skrll 
   5119       1.1     skrll       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
   5120       1.1     skrll 	{
   5121       1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   5122       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5123       1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   5124       1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   5125       1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
   5126       1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5127       1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
   5128       1.1     skrll 	}
   5129       1.1     skrll 
   5130       1.1     skrll       amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5131       1.1     skrll       amt *= sizeof (asection *);
   5132       1.1     skrll       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
   5133       1.1     skrll       if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
   5134       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5135       1.1     skrll 
   5136       1.1     skrll       isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5137       1.1     skrll       for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
   5138       1.1     skrll 	{
   5139       1.1     skrll 	  asection *isec;
   5140       1.1     skrll 
   5141       1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
   5142       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   5143       1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   5144       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   5145       1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
   5146       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
   5147       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5148       1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5149       1.1     skrll 
   5150       1.1     skrll 	  *secpp = isec;
   5151       1.1     skrll 	}
   5152   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5153   1.1.1.9  christos       if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
   5154       1.1     skrll 				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
   5155       1.1     skrll 				     isymbuf, sections))
   5156       1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5157       1.1     skrll 
   5158       1.1     skrll       free (sections);
   5159       1.1     skrll       if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5160       1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
   5161       1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5162   1.1.1.9  christos 	free (internal_relocs);
   5163   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   5164       1.1     skrll 
   5165   1.1.1.9  christos   return data;
   5166       1.1     skrll 
   5167  1.1.1.10  christos  error_return:
   5168  1.1.1.10  christos   free (sections);
   5169       1.1     skrll   if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5170       1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   5171       1.1     skrll   if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5172       1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   5173       1.1     skrll   if (orig_data == NULL)
   5174       1.1     skrll     free (data);
   5175       1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   5176       1.1     skrll }
   5177       1.1     skrll 
   5178       1.1     skrll /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   5179       1.1     skrll    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   5180       1.1     skrll    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   5181       1.1     skrll 
   5182       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5183       1.1     skrll dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5184       1.1     skrll {
   5185       1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5186       1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5187       1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5188       1.1     skrll   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   5189       1.1     skrll }
   5190       1.1     skrll 
   5191       1.1     skrll /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
   5192       1.1     skrll 
   5193       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5194       1.1     skrll tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   5195       1.1     skrll {
   5196       1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5197       1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5198       1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5199       1.1     skrll   /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
   5200       1.1     skrll      structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   5201       1.1     skrll   return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   5202       1.1     skrll 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
   5203       1.1     skrll 			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   5204       1.1     skrll }
   5205       1.1     skrll 
   5206       1.1     skrll static asection *
   5207       1.1     skrll sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   5208       1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5209       1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5210       1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5211       1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5212       1.1     skrll {
   5213       1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   5214       1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5215       1.1     skrll       {
   5216       1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5217       1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5218       1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   5219       1.1     skrll       }
   5220       1.1     skrll 
   5221       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   5222       1.1     skrll }
   5223       1.1     skrll 
   5224       1.1     skrll /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   5225       1.1     skrll 
   5226       1.1     skrll static void
   5227       1.1     skrll sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5228       1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   5229       1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   5230       1.1     skrll {
   5231       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   5232   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5233   1.1.1.4  christos   edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   5234   1.1.1.2  christos   eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   5235   1.1.1.4  christos 
   5236       1.1     skrll   edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
   5237       1.1     skrll   eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   5238       1.1     skrll   edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
   5239       1.1     skrll   eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   5240   1.1.1.2  christos   edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   5241   1.1.1.2  christos   eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   5242       1.1     skrll 
   5243       1.1     skrll   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5244       1.1     skrll       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   5245       1.1     skrll     {
   5246       1.1     skrll       edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
   5247       1.1     skrll       eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5248       1.1     skrll     }
   5249       1.1     skrll 
   5250   1.1.1.6  christos   if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5251   1.1.1.6  christos       && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
   5252       1.1     skrll     {
   5253       1.1     skrll       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   5254       1.1     skrll 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   5255       1.1     skrll 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   5256       1.1     skrll       if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
   5257       1.1     skrll 	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
   5258       1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
   5259       1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
   5260       1.1     skrll       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
   5261       1.1     skrll     }
   5262       1.1     skrll   else
   5263       1.1     skrll     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   5264   1.1.1.4  christos }
   5265       1.1     skrll 
   5266       1.1     skrll static int
   5267       1.1     skrll sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
   5268       1.1     skrll 			    int is_local)
   5269       1.1     skrll {
   5270       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5271       1.1     skrll     return r_type;
   5272       1.1     skrll 
   5273       1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   5274       1.1     skrll     {
   5275       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5276       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5277       1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   5278       1.1     skrll 	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5279       1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   5280       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5281       1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5282       1.1     skrll     }
   5283       1.1     skrll 
   5284       1.1     skrll   return r_type;
   5285   1.1.1.9  christos }
   5286       1.1     skrll 
   5287       1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
   5288       1.1     skrll    Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
   5289       1.1     skrll    virtual table relocs for gc.  */
   5290       1.1     skrll 
   5291       1.1     skrll static bool
   5292       1.1     skrll sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
   5293       1.1     skrll 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   5294       1.1     skrll {
   5295       1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5296   1.1.1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   5297       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5298       1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   5299       1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   5300   1.1.1.4  christos   asection *sreloc;
   5301   1.1.1.9  christos   unsigned int r_type;
   5302   1.1.1.6  christos   enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
   5303       1.1     skrll 
   5304       1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   5305       1.1     skrll 
   5306       1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   5307       1.1     skrll     return true;
   5308       1.1     skrll 
   5309   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
   5310   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5311       1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   5312       1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   5313       1.1     skrll 
   5314       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5315       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   5316       1.1     skrll     return false;
   5317       1.1     skrll 
   5318       1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   5319       1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   5320       1.1     skrll     {
   5321       1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   5322       1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   5323       1.1     skrll 
   5324       1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5325       1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5326       1.1     skrll 
   5327       1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5328   1.1.1.7  christos 	h = NULL;
   5329       1.1     skrll       else
   5330       1.1     skrll 	{
   5331       1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5332   1.1.1.4  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5333       1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5334       1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5335       1.1     skrll 	}
   5336       1.1     skrll 
   5337       1.1     skrll       r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   5338       1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5339       1.1     skrll 	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   5340       1.1     skrll 	  && h != NULL
   5341   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
   5342   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5343   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (h->dynindx == -1
   5344   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->def_regular))
   5345   1.1.1.2  christos 	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5346   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5347   1.1.1.2  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5348   1.1.1.2  christos 	switch (r_type)
   5349   1.1.1.2  christos 	  {
   5350   1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5351   1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5352   1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5353   1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5354   1.1.1.2  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5355   1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   5356   1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   5357   1.1.1.2  christos 		if (h->dynindx == -1)
   5358   1.1.1.2  christos 		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
   5359   1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   5360   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case STV_INTERNAL:
   5361   1.1.1.2  christos 		    case STV_HIDDEN:
   5362   1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   5363   1.1.1.2  christos 		    default:
   5364   1.1.1.2  christos 		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
   5365       1.1     skrll 		      break;
   5366   1.1.1.6  christos 		    }
   5367       1.1     skrll 	      }
   5368       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5369       1.1     skrll 	  }
   5370   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5371   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
   5372   1.1.1.2  christos       if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
   5373   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   5374   1.1.1.6  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5375       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5376       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR32:
   5377   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */
   5378       1.1     skrll 	      if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   5379   1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   5380   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Fall through.  */
   5381   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5382   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT32:
   5383   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT20:
   5384   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   5385       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   5386       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5387       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5388       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5389   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5390   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5391   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPC:
   5392   1.1.1.9  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5393       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5394       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5395       1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5396       1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5397       1.1     skrll 	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
   5398       1.1     skrll 		return false;
   5399       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5400       1.1     skrll 
   5401       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5402       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5403       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5404       1.1     skrll 	}
   5405       1.1     skrll 
   5406   1.1.1.9  christos       switch (r_type)
   5407       1.1     skrll 	{
   5408       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   5409       1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   5410       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5411       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   5412   1.1.1.8  christos 	    return false;
   5413   1.1.1.9  christos 	  break;
   5414       1.1     skrll 
   5415       1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   5416       1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   5417   1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5418       1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   5419       1.1     skrll 	    return false;
   5420       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5421       1.1     skrll 
   5422       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5423       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5424   1.1.1.2  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   5425   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5426   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   5427       1.1     skrll 	force_got:
   5428       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5429       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   5430   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   5431       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5432       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5433   1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5434       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5435       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5436   1.1.1.2  christos 	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   5437   1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   5438   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5439   1.1.1.2  christos 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   5440   1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   5441       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5442       1.1     skrll 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5443       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5444       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5445       1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5446   1.1.1.7  christos 	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
   5447   1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   5448       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5449       1.1     skrll 
   5450       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   5451       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5452       1.1     skrll 	      h->got.refcount += 1;
   5453       1.1     skrll 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5454       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5455       1.1     skrll 	  else
   5456       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5457       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   5458       1.1     skrll 
   5459       1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
   5460       1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  */
   5461       1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   5462       1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5463       1.1     skrll 		{
   5464       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5465       1.1     skrll 
   5466   1.1.1.9  christos 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5467       1.1     skrll 		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   5468   1.1.1.2  christos 		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5469       1.1     skrll 		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   5470       1.1     skrll 					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   5471   1.1.1.7  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5472   1.1.1.2  christos 		    return false;
   5473       1.1     skrll 		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   5474       1.1     skrll 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
   5475       1.1     skrll 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   5476       1.1     skrll 		}
   5477   1.1.1.2  christos 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   5478   1.1.1.2  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   5479       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5480   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5481   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   5482       1.1     skrll 	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   5483       1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   5484   1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   5485   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5486   1.1.1.6  christos 	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   5487   1.1.1.6  christos 		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5488   1.1.1.7  christos 	      else
   5489   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   5490   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5491   1.1.1.2  christos 		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
   5492   1.1.1.6  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5493   1.1.1.6  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5494   1.1.1.7  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5495   1.1.1.2  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5496   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
   5497   1.1.1.6  christos 			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5498   1.1.1.6  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5499   1.1.1.7  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5500   1.1.1.6  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5501   1.1.1.9  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5502       1.1     skrll 		  else
   5503       1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5504       1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5505   1.1.1.2  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   5506       1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5507       1.1     skrll 		  return false;
   5508   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   5509       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5510   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5511       1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type)
   5512       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5513       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   5514       1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
   5515       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5516       1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
   5517       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5518       1.1     skrll 
   5519   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   5520   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5521   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5522   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   5523   1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   5524   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5525   1.1.1.7  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5526   1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5527   1.1.1.9  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5528   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend)
   5529   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5530   1.1.1.2  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5531   1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
   5532   1.1.1.2  christos 		 abfd);
   5533   1.1.1.2  christos 	      return false;
   5534   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5535   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5536   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   5537   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5538   1.1.1.2  christos 	      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   5539   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5540   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
   5541   1.1.1.2  christos 	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
   5542   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5543   1.1.1.9  christos 		{
   5544   1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5545   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5546   1.1.1.2  christos 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
   5547   1.1.1.2  christos 		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   5548   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5549   1.1.1.2  christos 		    return false;
   5550   1.1.1.4  christos 		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
   5551   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   5552   1.1.1.2  christos 	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
   5553   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5554   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5555   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   5556   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   5557   1.1.1.2  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5558   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   5559   1.1.1.2  christos 		    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5560   1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   5561   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5562   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   5563   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   5564   1.1.1.2  christos 	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
   5565   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5566   1.1.1.2  christos 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
   5567   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5568   1.1.1.6  christos 	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
   5569   1.1.1.6  christos 		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
   5570   1.1.1.7  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5571   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
   5572   1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   5573   1.1.1.6  christos 		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
   5574   1.1.1.6  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5575   1.1.1.7  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5576   1.1.1.2  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5577   1.1.1.2  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5578   1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   5579   1.1.1.2  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5580   1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5581       1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5582       1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5583       1.1     skrll 		}
   5584       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5585       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5586       1.1     skrll 
   5587   1.1.1.4  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5588       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5589       1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5590       1.1     skrll 
   5591       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   5592       1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   5593       1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5594       1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   5595       1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   5596       1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   5597       1.1     skrll 
   5598       1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5599       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5600       1.1     skrll 	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
   5601       1.1     skrll 
   5602       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5603       1.1     skrll 
   5604       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   5605       1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   5606       1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   5607       1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   5608       1.1     skrll 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   5609       1.1     skrll 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   5610       1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   5611       1.1     skrll 
   5612       1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5613       1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5614       1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   5615       1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   5616       1.1     skrll 
   5617       1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   5618       1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5619       1.1     skrll 
   5620   1.1.1.4  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5621       1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5622       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5623       1.1     skrll 
   5624       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   5625       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_REL32:
   5626       1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5627       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5628       1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   5629       1.1     skrll 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5630       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5631       1.1     skrll 
   5632       1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   5633       1.1     skrll 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   5634       1.1     skrll 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   5635       1.1     skrll 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   5636       1.1     skrll 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   5637       1.1     skrll 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   5638       1.1     skrll 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   5639       1.1     skrll 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   5640       1.1     skrll 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   5641       1.1     skrll 	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   5642       1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   5643       1.1     skrll 	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
   5644       1.1     skrll 	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
   5645   1.1.1.4  christos 	     visibility changes render the symbol local.
   5646       1.1     skrll 
   5647       1.1     skrll 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   5648       1.1     skrll 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   5649       1.1     skrll 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   5650       1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   5651       1.1     skrll 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   5652   1.1.1.4  christos 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5653       1.1     skrll 	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
   5654       1.1     skrll 		   || (h != NULL
   5655       1.1     skrll 		       && (! info->symbolic
   5656       1.1     skrll 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5657       1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   5658   1.1.1.6  christos 	      || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5659   1.1.1.6  christos 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5660       1.1     skrll 		  && h != NULL
   5661       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5662       1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)))
   5663       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5664       1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5665       1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   5666       1.1     skrll 
   5667       1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5668       1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5669   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5670   1.1.1.9  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   5671       1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   5672       1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   5673   1.1.1.9  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   5674       1.1     skrll 		{
   5675       1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   5676       1.1     skrll 		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
   5677       1.1     skrll 
   5678       1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   5679   1.1.1.9  christos 		    return false;
   5680       1.1     skrll 		}
   5681       1.1     skrll 
   5682   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   5683       1.1     skrll 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   5684       1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   5685   1.1.1.2  christos 		head = &h->dyn_relocs;
   5686       1.1     skrll 	      else
   5687   1.1.1.9  christos 		{
   5688   1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
   5689   1.1.1.2  christos 		  asection *s;
   5690   1.1.1.9  christos 		  void *vpp;
   5691       1.1     skrll 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   5692   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5693   1.1.1.2  christos 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->root.sym_cache,
   5694   1.1.1.2  christos 						abfd, r_symndx);
   5695   1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (isym == NULL)
   5696       1.1     skrll 		    return false;
   5697   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5698       1.1     skrll 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5699       1.1     skrll 		  if (s == NULL)
   5700       1.1     skrll 		    s = sec;
   5701       1.1     skrll 
   5702       1.1     skrll 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   5703   1.1.1.9  christos 		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   5704       1.1     skrll 		}
   5705       1.1     skrll 
   5706   1.1.1.9  christos 	      p = *head;
   5707       1.1     skrll 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   5708       1.1     skrll 		{
   5709       1.1     skrll 		  size_t amt = sizeof (*p);
   5710       1.1     skrll 		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
   5711       1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   5712       1.1     skrll 		    return false;
   5713       1.1     skrll 		  p->next = *head;
   5714       1.1     skrll 		  *head = p;
   5715   1.1.1.7  christos 		  p->sec = sec;
   5716       1.1     skrll 		  p->count = 0;
   5717       1.1     skrll 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   5718       1.1     skrll 		}
   5719   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5720   1.1.1.2  christos 	      p->count += 1;
   5721   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   5722   1.1.1.4  christos 		p->pc_count += 1;
   5723   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   5724   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5725   1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
   5726       1.1     skrll 	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
   5727       1.1     skrll 	     fixup.  */
   5728       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   5729   1.1.1.4  christos 	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   5730       1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   5731   1.1.1.6  christos 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5732   1.1.1.7  christos 	  break;
   5733       1.1     skrll 
   5734   1.1.1.9  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   5735       1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   5736       1.1     skrll 	    {
   5737       1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5738       1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
   5739       1.1     skrll 		 abfd);
   5740       1.1     skrll 	      return false;
   5741       1.1     skrll 	    }
   5742       1.1     skrll 
   5743       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5744       1.1     skrll 
   5745       1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   5746       1.1     skrll 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   5747       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5748   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5749       1.1     skrll 	default:
   5750       1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5751       1.1     skrll 	}
   5752       1.1     skrll     }
   5753       1.1     skrll 
   5754   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   5755       1.1     skrll }
   5756       1.1     skrll 
   5757       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
   5758       1.1     skrll static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
   5759   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5760   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
   5761       1.1     skrll sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
   5762       1.1     skrll {
   5763   1.1.1.9  christos   flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   5764   1.1.1.4  christos 
   5765       1.1     skrll   if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
   5766       1.1     skrll     return false;
   5767   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5768       1.1     skrll   if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
   5769       1.1     skrll     return false;
   5770       1.1     skrll 
   5771       1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
   5772       1.1     skrll 
   5773       1.1     skrll   return true;
   5774       1.1     skrll }
   5775       1.1     skrll 
   5776       1.1     skrll 
   5777       1.1     skrll /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
   5778       1.1     skrll    Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
   5779       1.1     skrll    return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
   5780   1.1.1.4  christos    Return -1 if no match is found.  */
   5781       1.1     skrll 
   5782       1.1     skrll int
   5783       1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
   5784   1.1.1.4  christos {
   5785       1.1     skrll   int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
   5786       1.1     skrll 
   5787       1.1     skrll   for (; i>0; i--)
   5788       1.1     skrll     if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
   5789       1.1     skrll       return i;
   5790       1.1     skrll 
   5791       1.1     skrll   /* shouldn't get here */
   5792       1.1     skrll   BFD_FAIL();
   5793       1.1     skrll 
   5794       1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5795   1.1.1.9  christos }
   5796       1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
   5797       1.1     skrll 
   5798       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
   5799   1.1.1.9  christos /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
   5800       1.1     skrll 
   5801   1.1.1.4  christos static bool
   5802   1.1.1.9  christos sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
   5803   1.1.1.2  christos {
   5804   1.1.1.4  christos   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   5805       1.1     skrll     return true;
   5806       1.1     skrll 
   5807       1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   5808       1.1     skrll     return false;
   5809       1.1     skrll 
   5810       1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   5811       1.1     skrll }
   5812       1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
   5813       1.1     skrll 
   5814       1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
   5815       1.1     skrll 
   5816       1.1     skrll /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
   5817       1.1     skrll    corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
   5818       1.1     skrll 
   5819       1.1     skrll int
   5820       1.1     skrll sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
   5821       1.1     skrll {
   5822   1.1.1.6  christos   extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
   5823   1.1.1.6  christos   unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
   5824   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5825   1.1.1.6  christos   return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
   5826   1.1.1.6  christos }
   5827   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5828   1.1.1.6  christos /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
   5829   1.1.1.9  christos    resultant architecture supports all the features required
   5830   1.1.1.6  christos    by the two input BFDs.
   5831   1.1.1.6  christos    If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
   5832   1.1.1.6  christos    DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
   5833   1.1.1.6  christos    that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
   5834   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5835   1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   5836   1.1.1.9  christos sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5837   1.1.1.6  christos {
   5838   1.1.1.6  christos   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   5839   1.1.1.6  christos   unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
   5840   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5841   1.1.1.6  christos   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   5842   1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   5843   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5844   1.1.1.6  christos   old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   5845   1.1.1.6  christos   new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   5846   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5847   1.1.1.7  christos   merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
   5848   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5849   1.1.1.6  christos   if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   5850   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   5851   1.1.1.6  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   5852   1.1.1.6  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   5853   1.1.1.9  christos 	(_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
   5854   1.1.1.6  christos 	   "use %s instructions"),
   5855   1.1.1.6  christos 	 ibfd,
   5856   1.1.1.6  christos 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
   5857   1.1.1.6  christos 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
   5858   1.1.1.6  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5859   1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   5860   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   5861   1.1.1.6  christos   else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   5862   1.1.1.6  christos     {
   5863   1.1.1.6  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   5864   1.1.1.9  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   5865   1.1.1.6  christos 	(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
   5866   1.1.1.6  christos 	   "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
   5867   1.1.1.6  christos 	 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
   5868   1.1.1.6  christos 	 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
   5869   1.1.1.6  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5870   1.1.1.9  christos       return false;
   5871   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   5872   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5873       1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
   5874       1.1     skrll 			     sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
   5875       1.1     skrll 
   5876   1.1.1.9  christos   return true;
   5877   1.1.1.6  christos }
   5878       1.1     skrll 
   5879   1.1.1.6  christos /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
   5880       1.1     skrll    calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
   5881   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5882   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
   5883   1.1.1.9  christos sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5884   1.1.1.9  christos {
   5885       1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   5886   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5887       1.1     skrll   /* FIXME: What should be checked when linking shared libraries?  */
   5888       1.1     skrll   if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
   5889       1.1     skrll     return true;
   5890       1.1     skrll 
   5891   1.1.1.9  christos   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   5892   1.1.1.2  christos     return true;
   5893       1.1     skrll 
   5894   1.1.1.2  christos   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   5895   1.1.1.4  christos     {
   5896       1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   5897       1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
   5898   1.1.1.6  christos       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   5899       1.1     skrll       sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   5900   1.1.1.7  christos       if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
   5901   1.1.1.6  christos 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
   5902       1.1     skrll     }
   5903       1.1     skrll 
   5904   1.1.1.9  christos   if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
   5905       1.1     skrll     {
   5906       1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
   5907   1.1.1.2  christos 			    "with instructions used in previous modules"),
   5908   1.1.1.2  christos 			  ibfd);
   5909       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5910   1.1.1.2  christos       return false;
   5911   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   5912   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5913   1.1.1.7  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   5914   1.1.1.2  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
   5915   1.1.1.2  christos     sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   5916   1.1.1.9  christos 
   5917   1.1.1.2  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
   5918   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   5919   1.1.1.9  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
   5920       1.1     skrll 			  ibfd);
   5921       1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   5922       1.1     skrll       return false;
   5923       1.1     skrll     }
   5924       1.1     skrll 
   5925       1.1     skrll   return true;
   5926       1.1     skrll }
   5927   1.1.1.9  christos #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
   5928       1.1     skrll 
   5929       1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   5930   1.1.1.2  christos    as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
   5931   1.1.1.9  christos    here.  */
   5932   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5933   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   5934   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   5935       1.1     skrll {
   5936       1.1     skrll   if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
   5937       1.1     skrll     return false;
   5938       1.1     skrll 
   5939       1.1     skrll   return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
   5940   1.1.1.9  christos 	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
   5941       1.1     skrll }
   5942       1.1     skrll 
   5943       1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   5944       1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   5945       1.1     skrll 
   5946       1.1     skrll static bool
   5947       1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5948   1.1.1.2  christos 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5949   1.1.1.9  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5950       1.1     skrll {
   5951       1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5952       1.1     skrll 
   5953       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5954   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   5955   1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   5956       1.1     skrll 
   5957       1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   5958       1.1     skrll     {
   5959       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   5960       1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   5961   1.1.1.2  christos       asection *srelplt;
   5962       1.1     skrll 
   5963       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   5964       1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   5965       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   5966       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   5967       1.1     skrll       const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   5968   1.1.1.6  christos 
   5969   1.1.1.6  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   5970   1.1.1.6  christos 	 it up.  */
   5971   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5972       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   5973       1.1     skrll 
   5974       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   5975       1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   5976       1.1     skrll       srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
   5977       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
   5978       1.1     skrll 
   5979   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   5980   1.1.1.2  christos 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   5981   1.1.1.2  christos 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   5982   1.1.1.2  christos 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   5983       1.1     skrll       plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
   5984   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5985   1.1.1.2  christos       plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   5986   1.1.1.2  christos       if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   5987   1.1.1.2  christos 	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   5988   1.1.1.2  christos 
   5989   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   5990   1.1.1.2  christos 	 corresponds to this function.  */
   5991   1.1.1.2  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5992   1.1.1.2  christos 	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
   5993   1.1.1.2  christos 	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
   5994       1.1     skrll 	   bytes.  */
   5995       1.1     skrll 	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
   5996   1.1.1.4  christos       else
   5997       1.1     skrll 	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
   5998       1.1     skrll 	   reserved.  */
   5999       1.1     skrll 	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   6000       1.1     skrll 
   6001       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6002   1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6003   1.1.1.2  christos 	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
   6004       1.1     skrll #endif
   6005   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6006   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6007   1.1.1.2  christos       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   6008   1.1.1.2  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   6009   1.1.1.2  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6010   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6011   1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
   6012   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   6013   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
   6014   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   6015   1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   6016   1.1.1.2  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
   6017   1.1.1.9  christos 					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
   6018   1.1.1.2  christos 					h->plt.offset
   6019   1.1.1.2  christos 					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6020   1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
   6021   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   6022       1.1     skrll 	  else
   6023       1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, false, got_offset,
   6024   1.1.1.2  christos 			       (splt->contents
   6025   1.1.1.2  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6026   1.1.1.9  christos 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6027   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   6028   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   6029       1.1     skrll 	{
   6030       1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
   6031       1.1     skrll 
   6032   1.1.1.2  christos 	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6033   1.1.1.9  christos 			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6034       1.1     skrll 			      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6035       1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset),
   6036       1.1     skrll 			     (splt->contents
   6037       1.1     skrll 			      + h->plt.offset
   6038       1.1     skrll 			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6039       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   6040       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6041       1.1     skrll 	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
   6042       1.1     skrll 	      int distance;
   6043       1.1     skrll 
   6044       1.1     skrll 	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
   6045       1.1     skrll 		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
   6046   1.1.1.2  christos 		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
   6047   1.1.1.2  christos 		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
   6048   1.1.1.2  christos 		 to the last element of the previous group.  */
   6049   1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
   6050       1.1     skrll 		 the common resolver stub.  */
   6051       1.1     skrll 	      reachable_plts = ((4096
   6052   1.1.1.2  christos 				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
   6053       1.1     skrll 				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
   6054       1.1     skrll 				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
   6055   1.1.1.2  christos 	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6056       1.1     skrll 	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
   6057       1.1     skrll 		distance = -(h->plt.offset
   6058       1.1     skrll 			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
   6059       1.1     skrll 	      else
   6060       1.1     skrll 		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
   6061       1.1     skrll 			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6062   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6063       1.1     skrll 	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
   6064       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
   6065   1.1.1.9  christos 			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
   6066       1.1     skrll 			  (splt->contents
   6067       1.1     skrll 			   + h->plt.offset
   6068       1.1     skrll 			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6069   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   6070       1.1     skrll 	  else
   6071       1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, true,
   6072   1.1.1.2  christos 			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
   6073       1.1     skrll 			       (splt->contents
   6074   1.1.1.4  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6075       1.1     skrll 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6076       1.1     skrll 	}
   6077   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6078   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
   6079       1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6080   1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6081   1.1.1.9  christos 	got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
   6082   1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   6083   1.1.1.2  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6084   1.1.1.2  christos 	got_offset = plt_index * 8;
   6085   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6086       1.1     skrll       if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
   6087       1.1     skrll 	install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6088       1.1     skrll 			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   6089       1.1     skrll 			   (splt->contents
   6090       1.1     skrll 			    + h->plt.offset
   6091       1.1     skrll 			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
   6092   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6093   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   6094   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6095   1.1.1.2  christos 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   6096   1.1.1.6  christos 		   + splt->output_offset
   6097   1.1.1.2  christos 		   + h->plt.offset
   6098       1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
   6099       1.1     skrll 		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   6100   1.1.1.2  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6101   1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6102       1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
   6103   1.1.1.2  christos 		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
   6104   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6105   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   6106   1.1.1.2  christos       rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6107       1.1     skrll 		      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6108       1.1     skrll 		      + got_offset);
   6109       1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6110       1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
   6111   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   6112       1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
   6113       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6114   1.1.1.9  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6115       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
   6116       1.1     skrll #endif
   6117       1.1     skrll       loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6118       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6119       1.1     skrll 
   6120       1.1     skrll       if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   6121       1.1     skrll 	{
   6122       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
   6123   1.1.1.6  christos 	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
   6124   1.1.1.6  christos 	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   6125       1.1     skrll 		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   6126   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6127       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
   6128       1.1     skrll 	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
   6129       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6130       1.1     skrll 			  + splt->output_offset
   6131       1.1     skrll 			  + h->plt.offset
   6132       1.1     skrll 			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6133       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6134   1.1.1.2  christos 	  rel.r_addend = got_offset;
   6135   1.1.1.2  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6136       1.1     skrll 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6137       1.1     skrll 
   6138       1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
   6139       1.1     skrll 	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
   6140       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6141       1.1     skrll 			  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6142       1.1     skrll 			  + got_offset);
   6143       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6144       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6145       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6146       1.1     skrll 	}
   6147       1.1     skrll 
   6148       1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   6149       1.1     skrll 	{
   6150       1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   6151   1.1.1.2  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   6152   1.1.1.2  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   6153   1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   6154       1.1     skrll     }
   6155       1.1     skrll 
   6156   1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   6157       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   6158       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
   6159       1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6160       1.1     skrll     {
   6161       1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   6162       1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   6163   1.1.1.6  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6164   1.1.1.6  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   6165   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6166       1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   6167       1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   6168       1.1     skrll 
   6169       1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   6170       1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   6171       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   6172       1.1     skrll 
   6173       1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   6174       1.1     skrll 		      + sgot->output_offset
   6175       1.1     skrll 		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   6176   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6177  1.1.1.10  christos       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   6178  1.1.1.10  christos 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   6179       1.1     skrll 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   6180       1.1     skrll 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   6181   1.1.1.2  christos 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   6182   1.1.1.2  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   6183   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6184   1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   6185   1.1.1.2  christos 	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   6186   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   6187   1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6188   1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   6189   1.1.1.2  christos 	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6190   1.1.1.2  christos 	      int dynindx
   6191   1.1.1.2  christos 		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   6192   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6193   1.1.1.2  christos 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6194   1.1.1.2  christos 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6195   1.1.1.2  christos 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6196   1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   6197   1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   6198       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6199       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   6200       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6201       1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6202       1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6203       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6204       1.1     skrll 	}
   6205       1.1     skrll       else
   6206   1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   6207   1.1.1.2  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
   6208       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
   6209       1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6210       1.1     skrll 	}
   6211       1.1     skrll 
   6212       1.1     skrll       loc = srelgot->contents;
   6213       1.1     skrll       loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6214       1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6215       1.1     skrll     }
   6216       1.1     skrll 
   6217       1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   6218       1.1     skrll     {
   6219       1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   6220       1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6221       1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   6222       1.1     skrll 
   6223   1.1.1.3  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   6224       1.1     skrll 
   6225       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   6226       1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6227       1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   6228       1.1     skrll 
   6229       1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   6230       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6231       1.1     skrll 
   6232       1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   6233       1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6234       1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6235       1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
   6236       1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6237       1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6238   1.1.1.4  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6239   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   6240       1.1     skrll 
   6241       1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   6242   1.1.1.9  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   6243       1.1     skrll      ".got" section.  */
   6244       1.1     skrll   if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
   6245       1.1     skrll       || (htab->root.target_os != is_vxworks && h == htab->root.hgot))
   6246       1.1     skrll     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   6247   1.1.1.9  christos 
   6248       1.1     skrll   return true;
   6249       1.1     skrll }
   6250       1.1     skrll 
   6251   1.1.1.2  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   6252       1.1     skrll 
   6253       1.1     skrll static bool
   6254       1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6255   1.1.1.2  christos {
   6256   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6257   1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgotplt;
   6258   1.1.1.6  christos   asection *sdyn;
   6259   1.1.1.3  christos 
   6260       1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6261       1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   6262       1.1     skrll     return false;
   6263       1.1     skrll 
   6264       1.1     skrll   sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6265       1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
   6266   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6267       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   6268       1.1     skrll     {
   6269       1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   6270       1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   6271       1.1     skrll 
   6272       1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   6273       1.1     skrll 
   6274       1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   6275       1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   6276       1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   6277       1.1     skrll 	{
   6278       1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   6279       1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   6280   1.1.1.9  christos 
   6281       1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   6282       1.1     skrll 
   6283       1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   6284       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6285       1.1     skrll 	    default:
   6286   1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks
   6287   1.1.1.2  christos 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   6288   1.1.1.2  christos 		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6289   1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   6290   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6291   1.1.1.2  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   6292       1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
   6293       1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
   6294  1.1.1.10  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   6295  1.1.1.10  christos 		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6296       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6297       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6298       1.1     skrll 
   6299       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   6300  1.1.1.10  christos 	      s = htab->root.srelplt;
   6301       1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6302       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6303       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6304       1.1     skrll 
   6305       1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   6306       1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.srelplt;
   6307       1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   6308   1.1.1.6  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6309       1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6310       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6311       1.1     skrll 	}
   6312       1.1     skrll 
   6313       1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6314       1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6315       1.1     skrll       if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
   6316       1.1     skrll 	{
   6317       1.1     skrll 	  unsigned int i;
   6318   1.1.1.9  christos 
   6319   1.1.1.2  christos 	  memcpy (splt->contents,
   6320   1.1.1.2  christos 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
   6321       1.1     skrll 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
   6322       1.1     skrll 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
   6323       1.1     skrll 	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
   6324       1.1     skrll 	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, false,
   6325   1.1.1.9  christos 				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6326       1.1     skrll 				  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6327       1.1     skrll 				  + (i * 4)),
   6328       1.1     skrll 				 (splt->contents
   6329       1.1     skrll 				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
   6330       1.1     skrll 
   6331       1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->root.target_os == is_vxworks)
   6332       1.1     skrll 	    {
   6333       1.1     skrll 	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
   6334       1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6335       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   6336       1.1     skrll 
   6337       1.1     skrll 	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
   6338       1.1     skrll 		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
   6339       1.1     skrll 	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   6340       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6341       1.1     skrll 			      + splt->output_offset
   6342       1.1     skrll 			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
   6343       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6344       1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = 8;
   6345       1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6346       1.1     skrll 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6347       1.1     skrll 
   6348       1.1     skrll 	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
   6349       1.1     skrll 		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
   6350       1.1     skrll 		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
   6351       1.1     skrll 		 output.  */
   6352       1.1     skrll 	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   6353       1.1     skrll 		{
   6354       1.1     skrll 		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
   6355       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6356       1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
   6357       1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6358       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6359       1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6360       1.1     skrll 
   6361       1.1     skrll 		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
   6362       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6363       1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
   6364       1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6365       1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6366       1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6367       1.1     skrll 		}
   6368       1.1     skrll 	    }
   6369       1.1     skrll 
   6370       1.1     skrll 	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
   6371   1.1.1.2  christos 	     really seem like the right value.  */
   6372       1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6373       1.1     skrll 	}
   6374   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   6375       1.1     skrll 
   6376       1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   6377       1.1     skrll   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
   6378   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   6379   1.1.1.2  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   6380   1.1.1.2  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
   6381   1.1.1.2  christos       else
   6382       1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6383   1.1.1.2  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   6384   1.1.1.2  christos 		    sgotplt->contents);
   6385   1.1.1.4  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
   6386   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
   6387   1.1.1.2  christos     }
   6388   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6389   1.1.1.2  christos   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
   6390   1.1.1.2  christos     elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6391   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6392   1.1.1.2  christos   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   6393   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   6394   1.1.1.2  christos     {
   6395   1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
   6396   1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
   6397   1.1.1.2  christos 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6398       1.1     skrll 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   6399       1.1     skrll 
   6400   1.1.1.2  christos       sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
   6401   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6402   1.1.1.2  christos       /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
   6403   1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
   6404   1.1.1.6  christos     }
   6405   1.1.1.6  christos 
   6406   1.1.1.6  christos   if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
   6407   1.1.1.2  christos     BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6408   1.1.1.9  christos 		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
   6409       1.1     skrll 
   6410       1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.srelgot)
   6411       1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6412   1.1.1.4  christos 		== htab->root.srelgot->size);
   6413   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6414   1.1.1.4  christos   return true;
   6415       1.1     skrll }
   6416       1.1     skrll 
   6417       1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   6418       1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6419       1.1     skrll 			 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6420       1.1     skrll 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   6421       1.1     skrll {
   6422       1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   6423       1.1     skrll     {
   6424       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_RELATIVE:
   6425       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   6426       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
   6427       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   6428       1.1     skrll     case R_SH_COPY:
   6429       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   6430       1.1     skrll     default:
   6431       1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   6432   1.1.1.9  christos     }
   6433       1.1     skrll }
   6434       1.1     skrll 
   6435       1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6436       1.1     skrll /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
   6437       1.1     skrll 
   6438       1.1     skrll static bool
   6439       1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6440       1.1     skrll {
   6441   1.1.1.9  christos   int offset;
   6442       1.1     skrll   unsigned int size;
   6443       1.1     skrll 
   6444       1.1     skrll   switch (note->descsz)
   6445   1.1.1.4  christos     {
   6446       1.1     skrll       default:
   6447       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   6448   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6449       1.1     skrll       case 168:		/* Linux/SH */
   6450       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
   6451       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   6452       1.1     skrll 
   6453       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
   6454       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   6455       1.1     skrll 
   6456       1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
   6457       1.1     skrll 	offset = 72;
   6458       1.1     skrll 	size = 92;
   6459       1.1     skrll 
   6460       1.1     skrll 	break;
   6461       1.1     skrll     }
   6462   1.1.1.9  christos 
   6463       1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   6464       1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   6465       1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   6466       1.1     skrll }
   6467       1.1     skrll 
   6468   1.1.1.9  christos static bool
   6469       1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6470       1.1     skrll {
   6471   1.1.1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   6472       1.1     skrll     {
   6473   1.1.1.4  christos       default:
   6474       1.1     skrll 	return false;
   6475       1.1     skrll 
   6476       1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
   6477       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   6478       1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   6479       1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   6480       1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   6481       1.1     skrll     }
   6482   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6483       1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   6484       1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   6485       1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   6486       1.1     skrll 
   6487       1.1     skrll   {
   6488       1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   6489   1.1.1.9  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   6490       1.1     skrll 
   6491       1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   6492       1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   6493   1.1.1.4  christos   }
   6494       1.1     skrll 
   6495       1.1     skrll   return true;
   6496       1.1     skrll }
   6497       1.1     skrll #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6498       1.1     skrll 
   6499       1.1     skrll 
   6500       1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   6501       1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   6502       1.1     skrll 
   6503       1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   6504       1.1     skrll sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   6505       1.1     skrll 		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6506       1.1     skrll {
   6507   1.1.1.2  christos   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   6508   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6509   1.1.1.2  christos   plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
   6510   1.1.1.9  christos   return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
   6511   1.1.1.2  christos }
   6512   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6513   1.1.1.2  christos /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
   6514   1.1.1.2  christos    shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
   6515   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6516   1.1.1.2  christos static bool
   6517   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6518   1.1.1.2  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6519   1.1.1.9  christos 			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6520   1.1.1.2  christos {
   6521   1.1.1.9  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6522   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6523   1.1.1.2  christos   /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
   6524   1.1.1.2  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6525   1.1.1.2  christos     return false;
   6526   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6527   1.1.1.2  christos   return true;
   6528   1.1.1.2  christos }
   6529   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6530   1.1.1.2  christos /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
   6531   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6532   1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_byte
   6533   1.1.1.2  christos sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
   6534   1.1.1.2  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6535   1.1.1.2  christos 			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
   6536   1.1.1.2  christos 			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
   6537   1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_vma *encoded)
   6538   1.1.1.2  christos {
   6539   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6540   1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   6541   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6542   1.1.1.2  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   6543   1.1.1.2  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
   6544   1.1.1.2  christos 				       loc_offset, encoded);
   6545   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6546   1.1.1.2  christos   h = htab->root.hgot;
   6547   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   6548   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6549   1.1.1.2  christos   if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6550   1.1.1.2  christos 	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
   6551   1.1.1.2  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
   6552   1.1.1.2  christos 				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
   6553   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6554   1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6555   1.1.1.2  christos 	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
   6556   1.1.1.2  christos 		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
   6557   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6558   1.1.1.2  christos   *encoded = osec->vma + offset
   6559   1.1.1.2  christos     - (h->root.u.def.value
   6560       1.1     skrll        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6561   1.1.1.4  christos        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6562       1.1     skrll 
   6563   1.1.1.4  christos   return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
   6564       1.1     skrll }
   6565       1.1     skrll 
   6566       1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6567       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		sh_elf32_vec
   6568   1.1.1.2  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
   6569       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	sh_elf32_le_vec
   6570       1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
   6571       1.1     skrll #endif
   6572       1.1     skrll 
   6573       1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
   6574       1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA
   6575       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
   6576       1.1     skrll #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
   6577       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6578       1.1     skrll #else
   6579       1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80
   6580       1.1     skrll #endif
   6581       1.1     skrll 
   6582       1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   6583       1.1     skrll 
   6584       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
   6585       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
   6586       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
   6587       1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
   6588       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
   6589       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
   6590       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
   6591       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
   6592       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject
   6593       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p
   6594       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   6595       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_private_data
   6596       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   6597       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_merge_private_data
   6598       1.1     skrll 
   6599       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
   6600       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs
   6601       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   6602       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   6603       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   6604       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   6605       1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   6606       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
   6607   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   6608       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   6609       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   6610       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_always_size_sections
   6611       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   6612       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
   6613       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
   6614   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   6615   1.1.1.2  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   6616   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   6617   1.1.1.2  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   6618   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class
   6619   1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val
   6620       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
   6621   1.1.1.4  christos 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6622       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
   6623       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6624       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
   6625       1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_encode_eh_address
   6626       1.1     skrll 
   6627       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_stack_align		8
   6628   1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
   6629   1.1.1.6  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
   6630   1.1.1.9  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   6631       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   6632   1.1.1.7  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   6633       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   6634       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   6635       1.1     skrll 
   6636       1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	true
   6637       1.1     skrll 
   6638   1.1.1.4  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6639       1.1     skrll 
   6640       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6641       1.1     skrll 
   6642   1.1.1.4  christos /* NetBSD support.  */
   6643       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6644       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
   6645       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6646       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd"
   6647       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6648       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
   6649       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6650       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd"
   6651       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6652       1.1     skrll #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
   6653       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6654       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6655       1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0
   6656       1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6657       1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
   6658   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6659       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6660       1.1     skrll 
   6661       1.1     skrll 
   6662   1.1.1.4  christos /* Linux support.  */
   6663       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6664       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
   6665       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6666       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux"
   6667       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6668       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_linux_vec
   6669       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6670       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux"
   6671       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6672       1.1     skrll #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6673       1.1     skrll 
   6674       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6675       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
   6676       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6677   1.1.1.2  christos #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
   6678   1.1.1.2  christos #undef	elf32_bed
   6679   1.1.1.2  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed
   6680   1.1.1.4  christos 
   6681   1.1.1.2  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   6682   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6683   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6684   1.1.1.4  christos /* FDPIC support.  */
   6685   1.1.1.2  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6686   1.1.1.2  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
   6687   1.1.1.2  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6688   1.1.1.2  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic"
   6689   1.1.1.2  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6690   1.1.1.2  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
   6691   1.1.1.2  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6692   1.1.1.2  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic"
   6693   1.1.1.2  christos 
   6694       1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6695   1.1.1.4  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed
   6696       1.1     skrll 
   6697       1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6698       1.1     skrll 
   6699   1.1.1.4  christos /* VxWorks support.  */
   6700       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6701       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
   6702       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6703       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks"
   6704       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6705       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
   6706       1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6707       1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks"
   6708       1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6709       1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
   6710       1.1     skrll 
   6711       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
   6712       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1
   6713       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6714       1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_'
   6715       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
   6716       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6717       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6718       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
   6719       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
   6720       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
   6721       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
   6722       1.1     skrll 					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
   6723       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs
   6724       1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
   6725       1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
   6726   1.1.1.9  christos #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   6727   1.1.1.9  christos 					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
   6728   1.1.1.9  christos #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6729       1.1     skrll #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
   6730       1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6731   1.1.1.7  christos 
   6732                     #undef	ELF_TARGET_OS
   6733                     #define	ELF_TARGET_OS			is_vxworks
   6734                     
   6735                     #include "elf32-target.h"
   6736                     
   6737                     #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6738